mcp-server-sfmc 0.1.7 → 0.1.8

package/bundled/mce-help/chunks.json

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+{"generatedAt":"2026-04-06T17:33:12.141Z","sourceDir":"docs/help.salesforce/mce","chunkCount":70,"chunks":[{"id":"README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Marketing Cloud Engagement — help PDF extracts\r\n\r\nMarkdown exports of Salesforce Help PDFs for use as local documentation in AI workflows.\r\n\r\nEach subfolder matches one source PDF. Files are split using the PDF table of contents (dotted leader lines) where possible.\r\n\r\n| Folder | Source file |\r\n|--------|-------------|\r\n| [engagement-mobile-studio](./engagement-mobile-studio/) | `engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf` |\r\n| [marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries](./marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/) | `marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf` |\r\n| [engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio](./engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/) | `engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf` |\r\n| [engagement-campaigns](./engagement-campaigns/) | `engagement_campaigns_4-6-2026.pdf` |\r\n| [marketing-cloud-engagement](./marketing-cloud-engagement/) | `marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf` |","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"README.md","heading":"Regenerating","body":"Run `python _scripts/pdf_to_mce_md.py` after updating the PDF paths in the script.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"README.md#2","file":"README.md","relativePath":"README.md","heading":"Notes","body":"- Text and **tables** are extracted with [pdfplumber](https://github.com/jsvine/pdfplumber); detected grid tables are emitted as Markdown pipe tables. Line-only layouts may still be plain text.\r\n- The PDF **table of contents** uses *printed* page numbers; those are mapped to **PDF file** page indices using footer page numbers where possible.\r\n- Very long TOC sections are split into `part-NN.md` files inside a numbered subfolder (roughly **2500 lines** per part) so individual files stay usable in AI context windows.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-campaigns/01-campaigns-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"01-campaigns-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"engagement-campaigns/01-campaigns-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"01-campaigns-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Campaigns in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_campaigns_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"5-5\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\n|  | Engagement: Campaigns |  |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n\r\nPlan, coordinate, and measure cross-channel campaigns in real time using campaign tags. You can create\r\ncampaigns from emails, mobile messages, landing pages, and data extensions, or events such as\r\nautomations.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-campaigns/02-create-a-campaign-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"02-create-a-campaign-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"engagement-campaigns/02-create-a-campaign-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"02-create-a-campaign-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Create a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_campaigns_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-6\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nCreate a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nCreate a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nCreate a campaign in the Campaigns app.\r\n11.. Open the Campaigns app, and click Create Campaign.\r\n22.. Perform these actions on the Create New Campaign page.\r\naa.. Give your campaign a name that makes it easy to identify. You can enter up to 50 characters.\r\nbb.. Add an optional description to identify the purpose of the campaign.\r\ncc.. Assign a calendar color to your campaign.\r\ndd.. Choose when to begin the campaign.\r\nee.. Choose a campaign owner.\r\nff.. Assign the campaign an optional unique code so that you can identify it in your reports.\r\ngg.. If you use tags to organize and track campaigns, select the tags.\r\n33.. Save the campaign.\r\nSee Also\r\nEdit or Delete a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nAdd or Remove Campaign Associations in Marketing Cloud Engagement","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-campaigns/03-campaign-tags-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"03-campaign-tags-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"engagement-campaigns/03-campaign-tags-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"03-campaign-tags-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Campaign Tags in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_campaigns_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-6\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nCampaign Tags in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nUse tags in Marketing Cloud Engagement to categorize campaigns by any criteria, such as geography,\r\nmarketing tactic, and product line.\r\nFor example, each campaign for a monthly newsletter can have the tag \"newsletter.\" You can aggregate\r\ncampaign analytics with the \"newsletter\" tag in reports. See Campaign Email Tracking and Multi-\r\nCampaign Email Tracking Summary.\r\nCreate campaigns and add tags to new or existing campaigns on the Campaign Overview page. You can\r\nassociate multiple tags to a campaign and add or remove them at any time.\r\nFilter Campaign Tags in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nLearn about filtering tags for campaigns in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nFilter Campaign Tags in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nLearn about filtering tags for campaigns in Marketing Cloud Engagement.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-campaigns/04-campaign-associations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"04-campaign-associations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"engagement-campaigns/04-campaign-associations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"04-campaign-associations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Campaign Associations in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_campaigns_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"7-7\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nCampaign Associations in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nOverview Filtering with Tags\r\nYou can filter your view of the campaign overview list based on tags.\r\nSelecting a tag filter displays the campaigns associated with that tag.\r\nCalendar Filtering with Tags\r\nYou can filter your view of the campaign planning calendar based on tags. Selecting a tag filter displays\r\nthe campaigns that are related to that tag.\r\nCampaign Associations in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nA campaign association is a channel-specific message, content, or activity you want to include in the\r\ncampaign.\r\nCampaign associations are cross-channel objects used to build campaigns and help you do these other\r\ntasks.\r\n•\r\nOrganize the associations needed to execute a campaign\r\n•\r\nPlan messaging in the short and long-term future\r\n•\r\nAct as parameters for analytics around a marketing objective\r\nAdd or Remove Campaign Associations in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nYou can add or remove an association to a campaign from the Campaigns app or from the app where\r\nthe association lives.\r\nEdit or Delete a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nYou can edit or delete a campaign.\r\nSee Also\r\nAdd or Remove Campaign Associations in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nCreate a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nAdd or Remove Campaign Associations in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement\r\nYou can add or remove an association to a campaign from the Campaigns app or from the app where\r\nthe association lives.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-campaigns/05-engagement-campaign-faqs.md#0","file":"05-engagement-campaign-faqs.md","relativePath":"engagement-campaigns/05-engagement-campaign-faqs.md","heading":"05-engagement-campaign-faqs","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Engagement Campaign FAQs\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_campaigns_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"8-9\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nEngagement Campaign FAQs\r\nAdd an Association to a Campaign\r\n11.. On the Campaigns Overview page, select a campaign.\r\n22.. Click Add to Campaign, and select a campaign association from the list.\r\n33.. Go to the item that you want to add as an association and select it. A check mark appears next to the\r\nitem. Click again to remove it.\r\n44.. Click Finished.\r\nWhen you add an association to a campaign, only the future activity for that association is associated\r\nwith the campaign.\r\nRemove an Association from a Campaign\r\n11.. On the Campaigns Overview page, select the campaign that you want to remove the association from.\r\n22.. In the campaign's storyboard, hover over the association name and click Remove from Campaign.\r\n33.. Click Remove.\r\nRemoving an association from a campaign doesn't delete the association. It's still available in\r\nEngagement.\r\nEdit or Delete a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nYou can edit or delete a campaign.\r\n11.. To edit a campaign, select it on the Campaigns Overview page, click the edit icon, and then edit the\r\ncampaign. Changes are saved automatically.\r\n22.. To delete a campaign, select it on the Campaigns Overview page, click the delete icon, and then click\r\nConfirm.\r\nTo delete a campaign, users must have delete permissions.\r\nWarning Deleting a campaign removes all associations and then deletes the campaign from the\r\nsystem. Tagged objects aren't deleted.\r\nEngagement Campaign FAQs\r\nLearn about where to find things and how to use the Campaigns app in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nWhere are my old Campaigns? I don't see them on the campaign Overview\r\ntab.\r\nCampaigns that contain an email that has been sent automatically have their status set to Deployed. By\r\n\r\nEngagement: Campaigns Engagement Campaign FAQs\r\ndefault, the Overview tab only shows Campaigns with a status of In Process. To view older campaigns\r\nthat have a status of Deployed, simply adjust the filter in the upper left.\r\nSetting the campaign status to Deployed now happens automatically when associated emails are sent.\r\nThis feature was enabled in January 2014.\r\nWhat's the difference between the campaign Overview tab and the\r\nCampaign Summary tab?\r\nThe campaign Summary tab is the campaigns list view originally implemented when Campaigns\r\nlaunched. It has columns for Campaign Code, Last Activity, and Next Activity. The campaign Overview\r\ntab has a column for Campaign Status, Deployment Date, Campaign Owner, and, if enabled, Approval\r\nstatus.\r\nWhat's the difference between the Campaign status and Approvals status\r\ncolumns on the Campaign Overview?\r\nCampaign status has two options: In Process or Deployed. Each campaign starts by default in the In\r\nProcess state. After the first job is sent, the status changes to Deployed. The approval status displays\r\nthese states on the Approvals tab: Draft, Submitted, Reviewed, Approved, Returned, and Withdrawn.\r\nWhat's the difference between the Campaign Planning Calendar and the\r\ncalendar in Marketing Cloud Engagement?\r\nYou use the Campaign Planning Calendar to schedule future campaigns. The calendar in Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement shows past, current, and near future activity, past sends, and scheduled sends.\r\nWhy don't I see my storyboard data when I open a campaign?\r\nTo load the storyboard data for a campaign, open the campaign and click STORYBOARD.\r\nCan I associate a campaign to a Salesforce data extension?\r\nNo, data extensions that live in the Salesforce data extension folder aren't available to relate to a\r\ncampaign.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-campaigns/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-campaigns/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Engagement Campaigns\r\n\r\n- **Source PDF:** `engagement_campaigns_4-6-2026.pdf`\r\n- **Pages:** 9\r\n- **Extracted:** 2026-04-06","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-campaigns/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-campaigns/README.md","heading":"Table of contents (from PDF)","body":"*Section files use **printed** page numbers from the PDF footer; `pdf_pages` in each file is the **PDF file** page range.*\r\n\r\n- [Campaigns in Marketing Cloud Engagement](01-campaigns-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 1; starts ~PDF p. 5)\r\n- [Create a Campaign in Marketing Cloud Engagement](02-create-a-campaign-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 2; starts ~PDF p. 6)\r\n- [Campaign Tags in Marketing Cloud Engagement](03-campaign-tags-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 2; starts ~PDF p. 6)\r\n- [Campaign Associations in Marketing Cloud Engagement](04-campaign-associations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 3; starts ~PDF p. 7)\r\n- [Engagement Campaign FAQs](05-engagement-campaign-faqs.md) (printed p. 4; starts ~PDF p. 8)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/01-journeys-and-automations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"01-journeys-and-automations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/01-journeys-and-automations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"01-journeys-and-automations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Journeys and Automations in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"5-5\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\n|  | Engagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio |  |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n\r\nDesign and automate Marketing Cloud Engagement campaigns that guide customers through their\r\njourney with a brand. Execute simple or multistep marketing and data management activities on an\r\nimmediate, triggered, or scheduled basis.\r\nEmail Client Privacy and Non-Subscriber Activity in Marketing Cloud Engagement Email and\r\nJourneys\r\nSome email client providers are making privacy changes that can impact open metrics and\r\ncalculations. Trust is the #1 Value at Salesforce. Privacy and security continue to gain importance in\r\nour digital lives. Our top priority is to create the solutions that help you respond, act, and succeed in\r\nthese new environments. Marketers traditionally create automations, campaign engagement\r\nstrategies, and more based on email opens because email opens can signal whether a customer or\r\nprospect is interested in your content. But the privacy options available to customers can make email\r\nopens less reliable as engagement signals.\r\nAutomation Studio\r\nAutomate your Marketing Cloud Engagement email sends, queries, imports, and more with\r\nAutomation Studio. Build simple or complex workflows that automate marketing and data\r\nmanagement tasks based on criteria that you configure.\r\nJourneys and Messages\r\nJourney Builder is a campaign planning tool in Marketing Cloud Engagement that enables you to\r\ndesign and automate campaigns that guide customers through their journey with a brand. Its\r\nfoundation is the journey, which is the communication plan you design. Canvas activities tell Journey\r\nBuilder how to communicate to and direct contacts in the journey. Contacts enter from an entry\r\nsource. The journey then continually evaluates contacts to determine when to move them to the next\r\nactivity.\r\nBehavioral Triggers\r\nUse Marketing Cloud Engagement to reach customers who abandon unpurchased items or services.\r\nConfigure the flow of this behavioral data into the data extensions for email sends and journeys. Using\r\nbehavioral data this way is called Behavioral Triggers.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/02-email-client-privacy-and-non-subscriber-activity-in-marketing-cloud-engagement-e.md#0","file":"02-email-client-privacy-and-non-subscriber-activity-in-marketing-cloud-engagement-e.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/02-email-client-privacy-and-non-subscriber-activity-in-marketing-cloud-engagement-e.md","heading":"02-email-client-privacy-and-non-subscriber-activity-in-marketing-cloud-engagement-e","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Email Client Privacy and Non-Subscriber Activity in Marketing Cloud Engagement Email and Journeys\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-6\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Email Client Privacy and Non-Subscriber Activity in Marketing Cloud","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Automation Studio\r\n\r\n- **Source:** `engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf` — PDF pages **6–238** (printed TOC section).\r\n- **Split:** 3 files (~2500 lines each) for easier search and AI context windows.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/README.md","heading":"Parts","body":"- [Part 1](part-01.md)\r\n- [Part 2](part-02.md)\r\n- [Part 3](part-03.md)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/part-01.md#0","file":"part-01.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/part-01.md","heading":"part-01","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Automation Studio (part 1/3)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-238\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nAutomation Studio Engagement Email and Journeys\r\nEmail Client Privacy and Non-Subscriber Activity in Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement Email and Journeys\r\nSome email client providers are making privacy changes that can impact open metrics and calculations.\r\nTrust is the #1 Value at Salesforce. Privacy and security continue to gain importance in our digital lives.\r\nOur top priority is to create the solutions that help you respond, act, and succeed in these new\r\nenvironments. Marketers traditionally create automations, campaign engagement strategies, and more\r\nbased on email opens because email opens can signal whether a customer or prospect is interested in\r\nyour content. But the privacy options available to customers can make email opens less reliable as\r\nengagement signals.\r\nIn the Marketing Cloud Engagement Email and Journey experiences, these changes are to assist you in\r\nidentifying the most valuable metrics for your campaigns.\r\n\r\n| Marketing Cloud Engagement App | Details |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Journey Builder | Open-related decisions such as Engagement Splits and Path Optimizer winner selection can be less reliable. Open metrics for active journeys can be artificially inflated. Users are reminded on the Journey Analytics dashboard that open-related metrics don't always accurately reflect engagement. |\r\n| Intelligence Reports for Engagements | Email engagement metrics, including Email Unique Opens, Email Open Rate, and Email Click- to-Open Rate, can be artificially inflated. Users are reminded that on Email dashboards, open-related metrics don't always accurately reflect engagement. |\r\n\r\nSee Also\r\nUse Einstein to Improve your Marketing Efforts\r\nClicks and Opens Behavior\r\nAutomation Studio\r\nAutomate your Marketing Cloud Engagement email sends, queries, imports, and more with Automation\r\nStudio. Build simple or complex workflows that automate marketing and data management tasks based\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\non criteria that you configure.\r\nThe Automation Studio Overview Page\r\nWhen you access Automation Studio, view up to 50 automations in your account, a snapshot of\r\nautomation activities, run history, and folders. You can also run each automation once from the\r\nOverview page.\r\nAutomate Processes in Automation Studio\r\nUse an automation to start a process when specific criteria are met. For example, when a file is\r\nuploaded to the Enhanced SFTP, you can automatically run activities, like an import, a file transfer, or\r\nan email send.\r\nSchedule an Automation\r\nYou can schedule an automation that's in draft mode or already running.\r\nAutomation Studio Activities\r\nEasily understand and use the Automation Studio Activities tab in the Marketing Cloud.\r\nPause an Automation\r\nTemporarily stop an automation's schedule in Automation Studio. If the automation is running when\r\nyou pause it, it continues to run, but future scheduled runs don't occur. You can see who paused an\r\nautomation in the automation's summary.\r\nSkip an Automation\r\nIndicate in Automation Studio that an automation's next run will not occur without stopping the\r\nautomation's schedule.\r\nStop a Running Automation\r\nWhen an automation is stopped in Automation Studio, activities in the step that is in progress\r\ncomplete, but subsequent steps do not start.\r\nCopy an Automation\r\nCreate an exact copy of an automation to extend or modify it in Automation Studio.\r\nDelete an Automation\r\nRemove unneeded automations from Overview or the automation page in Automation Studio.\r\nAutomation Studio Errors\r\nFind out what Automation Studio error messages mean and how to resolve them. After applying the\r\nsuggested action, run the activity or automation again to make sure that the error was addressed.\r\nAutomation Studio Statuses\r\nYou can view an automation's status from the Automation Studio interface or a related data view. Use\r\nthis guide to understand what each status means.\r\nGet Automation Studio Notifications\r\nAdd your email address to get notified when an automation run is skipped, encounters an error, or\r\ncompletes. You can also receive alerts through the Event Notification Service (ENS).\r\nFind Activity Configuration and Error Details\r\nTo access configuration details and run history for an Automation Studio activity, view the activity's\r\nobject detail page. Use this page to locate error information about the activity, too.\r\nData Extension Storage Usage\r\nView and manage your marketing data usage by downloading your data extension storage details as a\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nCSV file. Optimize your storage usage, improve performance, and ensure compliance by removing\r\nunneeded data and updating retention policies.\r\nAutomation History and Health\r\nIn Automation Studio, you can view your automations over time and improve overall automation\r\nhealth using the automation history dashboard. You can also evaluate your automations by\r\ndownloading your automation history as a CSV file.\r\nThe Automation Studio Overview Page\r\nWhen you access Automation Studio, view up to 50 automations in your account, a snapshot of\r\nautomation activities, run history, and folders. You can also run each automation once from the\r\nOverview page.\r\nFolders\r\nView folders that you created, and create folders without leaving the page.\r\nView Options\r\nView your automations in List or Detail view.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nList view displays more automations on a page without activity-level detail.\r\nDetail view includes an abbreviated view of the automation's design and any errors.\r\nHover over an activity to view its type, progress, and name. When a single automation step includes\r\nmultiple activities, you can view the entire automation's setup.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nError Messages\r\nWhen an activity has an error, you can view activity details or click Learn More to get more information. If\r\nthe automation step includes multiple activities, the timeline shows where the error occurred.\r\nSummary\r\nThe Summary displays your automations by day or by week and by status. Filter results by status using\r\nthe dropdown menu, and then click Update.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nRun an Automation from the Overview Page\r\nStart an automation directly from the Automation Studio Overview page with one click.\r\nDelete an Automation from the Overview Page\r\nDelete unneeded automations in Automation Studio without leaving the Overview page.\r\nSee Also\r\nAutomation Studio Statuses\r\nRun an Automation from the Overview Page\r\nStart an automation directly from the Automation Studio Overview page with one click.\r\nYou can also start automations on each automation's individual page.\r\n11.. Hover over the name of the automation.\r\n22.. Click Run Once.\r\n33.. Click Run.\r\nTip To run a subset of activities only, use Advanced Run Once.\r\nSee Also\r\nRun the Automation\r\nDelete an Automation from the Overview Page\r\nDelete unneeded automations in Automation Studio without leaving the Overview page.\r\n11.. Hover over the name of the automation.\r\n22.. Click Delete.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nA confirmation message appears.\r\n33.. Click Delete to finalize this action.\r\nAutomate Processes in Automation Studio\r\nUse an automation to start a process when specific criteria are met. For example, when a file is uploaded\r\nto the Enhanced SFTP, you can automatically run activities, like an import, a file transfer, or an email\r\nsend.\r\nTo build an automation, you choose a starting source, which determines how the automation starts.\r\nThen you add the activities that occur when the automation runs. These activities can run sequentially or\r\nsimultaneously.\r\nWhen deciding whether to run activities sequentially or simultaneously, consider whether any steps are\r\ndependent on each other. If dependencies exist, those steps should be executed sequentially to ensure\r\nproper order and avoid errors. Running dependent steps simultaneously can lead to unexpected\r\nbehavior or incorrect results.\r\nYou can choose from these starting sources.\r\n•\r\nThe schedule starting source starts an automation at specific intervals.\r\n•\r\nThe file drop starting source starts an automation when a file is uploaded to the Enhanced FTP.\r\n•\r\nThe trigger starting source starts an automation when a file is uploaded to an external location, such\r\nas AWS, Azure, or Google Cloud, and a Trigger API request fires.\r\nFor more information, review these topics.\r\nAutomation Starting Sources\r\nA starting source defines how an automation starts. You can schedule an automation to run at specific\r\nintervals or start an automation when a file is uploaded to the Enhanced FTP. Or, use a trigger to start\r\nan automation when a file is uploaded to an external location such as Amazon Web Services, Google\r\nCloud Platform, or Microsoft Azure.\r\nAdvanced Run Once\r\nAutomation Studio includes options to schedule an automation, run it automatically when a file is\r\ndropped, or run an automation once. Use Advanced Run Once to run only a portion of an automation.\r\nRun a Subset of Activities\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nTo run specific automation activities in Automation Studio, click Run Once and then select the\r\nactivities to run.\r\nSee Also\r\nDefine the Automation\r\nAutomation Starting Sources\r\nA starting source defines how an automation starts. You can schedule an automation to run at specific\r\nintervals or start an automation when a file is uploaded to the Enhanced FTP. Or, use a trigger to start an\r\nautomation when a file is uploaded to an external location such as Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud\r\nPlatform, or Microsoft Azure.\r\nThis table compares starting sources.\r\n\r\n| Starting Source | What causes the automation to start? | Sample Use Case |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Scheduled Automation | Starts on a schedule that you define. | You import and refresh your birthday list daily, and then send an email to all contacts whose birthday is today. |\r\n| File Drop Automation | Starts when a file is uploaded to your Enhanced FTP site. Upload files to the Import or Triggered_Automations folders, or a subdirectory of one of these folders. | You use other processes that update files in an FTP folder and you want to create an automation that starts when activity occurs in that folder. |\r\n| Trigger Automation | Starts when a file is uploaded to an external location, such as Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, or Microsoft Azure Blob Storage. | You use other processes that update files in an external location and you want to create an automation that starts when activity occurs in that location. |\r\n\r\nScheduled Automations\r\nWhen you create a scheduled automation, configure the start date, time, and time zone. Next, specify\r\nhow often the automation repeats and when it ends. Alternatively, click Run Once to start a scheduled\r\nautomation immediately.\r\nKeep these considerations in mind when you use scheduled automations:\r\n•\r\nYou must activate a scheduled automation for it to run.\r\n•\r\nThe automation's duration must be compatible with its schedule. For example, if an automation is\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nscheduled to run every 24 hours, but has a duration of 36 hours, it stops running when after 24 hours\r\nwhen the next scheduled automation starts. In this situation, the automation never completes.\r\nFile Drop Automations\r\nWhen you create a file drop automation, you provide a file name pattern or Enhanced FTP directory that\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement monitors. When a file matching the pattern is placed on the Enhanced FTP\r\nsite or\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/part-02.md#0","file":"part-02.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/part-02.md","heading":"part-02","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Automation Studio (part 2/3)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-238\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nactive or unsubscribed.\r\nQuery: Subscribers by Date or Time Frame\r\nFind subscribers who were added within a specific date or range of dates.\r\nQuery: Subscribers in a Publication or Suppression List\r\nFind subscribers who were placed on a publication or suppression List. Or, find only subscribers on the\r\nlist with a specific status, such as active or unsubscribed. If you have problems retrieving suppression\r\nlist data, contact Salesforce Customer Support to activate this feature.\r\nQuery: Subscribers with No Opens or Clicks\r\nFind subscribers who haven't opened or clicked an email. Use this query for jobs with fewer than\r\n500,000 subscribers. For larger jobs, use intermediate tables.\r\nQuery: Top Bounces for a Job\r\nFind the top bounces by percentage for a specific job. Use this query for jobs with fewer than\r\n5,000,000 subscribers.\r\nQuery: Bounce History\r\nFind a history of individual bounce responses, and identify how to resolve them.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nBefore You Begin\r\nTo use this example, you need a working knowledge of SQL. You can copy and paste the code samples,\r\nbut you must configure them for your setup.\r\nCreate a Target Data Extension\r\nIn Contact Builder or Email Studio, create a standard data extension with these properties and fields.\r\nThis data extension is the destination for your query's data output.\r\n\r\n| Target Data Extension | BounceHistory |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| External Key | BounceHistory |\r\n\r\n| Retention Setting | On |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Delete | Individual Records |\r\n| Retention Period | 180 Days |\r\n\r\nNote If you create the data extension in Email Studio, the Nullable column replaces the Required\r\ncolumn. If a field isn't required, select Nullable. If a field is required, don't select Nullable.\r\n\r\n| Primary Key | Name | Data Type | Required | Length | Default Value |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| X | SubscriberID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n| X | JobID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n| X | ListID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n| X | BatchID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n|  | EventDate | Date |  |  |  |\r\n|  | EmailAddress | Email Address |  |  |  |\r\n|  | SubscriberKey | Text |  | 254 |  |\r\n|  | EmailName | Text |  | 100 |  |\r\n|  | Domain | Text |  | 100 |  |\r\n|  | BounceCategor y | Text |  | 50 |  |\r\n|  | SMTPBounceR eason | Text |  | 4000 |  |\r\n|  | InsertedDate | Date |  |  | Select use the |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n\r\n| Primary Key | Name | Data Type | Required | Length | Default Value |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  |  |  |  |  | current system date |\r\n\r\nCreate a Query Activity\r\nIn Automation Studio, create an SQL query with these properties.\r\n\r\n| Query Name | BounceHistory |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| External Key | BounceHistory |\r\n\r\nSample Query\r\nCopy and paste this query.\r\nSELECT b.SubscriberID,\r\nb.JobID,\r\nb.ListID,\r\nb.BatchID,\r\nb.EventDate,\r\nl.EmailAddress,\r\nb.SubscriberKey,\r\nj.EmailName,\r\nb.Domain,\r\nb.BounceCategory,\r\nb.SMTPBounceReason\r\nFROM _listsubscribers AS l\r\nINNER JOIN _bounce AS b\r\nON l.SubscriberID = b.SubscriberID\r\nINNER JOIN _job AS j\r\nON b.JobId = j.JobID\r\nWHERE b.EventDate > DATEADD(dd, -3, GETDATE())\r\nFinalize the Query Activity\r\nLink the query to the target data extension.\r\n\r\n| Target Data Extension | BounceHistory |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Data Action | Update |\r\n\r\nSave your query activity, and then create and activate an automation that uses the activity. To\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\ncontinuously update your bounce history, run the automation every 24 hours.\r\nQuery Variation: Capture Bounces for a Specific Email\r\nTo capture bounces for a specific email, add this line to the end of the query and replace\r\nMY_EMAIL_NAME with the name of the email.\r\nAND j.emailname = MY_EMAIL_NAME\r\nQuery Variation: Capture Bounces for a Specific Job\r\nTo capture bounces for a specific job, add this line to the end of the query and replace MY_JOB_ID with\r\nthe job ID.\r\nAND j.jobid = MY_JOB_ID\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate a Data Extension in Contact Builder\r\nCreate a Data Extension in Email Studio (Enhanced)\r\nBuild a SQL Query Activity\r\nOptimizing a SQL Query Activity\r\nSQL Reference\r\nQuery: Journey Builder Bounced Email Messages\r\nCreate a list of contacts to send direct mailers to, based on bounced email messages from Journey\r\nBuilder.\r\nBefore You Begin\r\nTo use this example, you need a working knowledge of SQL. You can copy and paste the code samples,\r\nbut you must configure them for your setup.\r\nCreate a Data Extension to Store Contact Data\r\nIn Contact Builder or Email Studio, create a standard data extension with these properties and fields.\r\n\r\n| Target Data Extension | ContactProfileData |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| External Key | ContactProfileData |\r\n\r\nNote If you create the data extension in Email Studio, the Nullable column replaces the Required\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\ncolumn. If a field isn't required, select Nullable. If a field is required, don't select Nullable.\r\n\r\n| Primary Key | Name | Data Type | Required | Length | Default Value |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| X | ContactKey | Text | X | 254 |  |\r\n|  | EmailAddress | EmailAddress | X | 254 |  |\r\n|  | AddressLine1 | Text | X | 500 |  |\r\n|  | AddressLine2 | Text |  | 500 |  |\r\n|  | City | Text | X | 100 |  |\r\n|  | State | Text | X | 2 |  |\r\n|  | Zip | Text | X | 10 |  |\r\n|  | HomePhone | Phone |  | 50 |  |\r\n|  | MobilePhone | Phone |  | 50 |  |\r\n\r\nCreate a Target Data Extension for Journey Email Tracking\r\nCreate a standard data extension with these properties and fields. This data extension is the destination\r\nfor your query's data output.\r\n\r\n| Target Data Extension | EmailBouncesbyJourney |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| External Key | EmailBouncesbyJourney |\r\n\r\n| Primary Key | Name | Data Type | Required | Length | Default Value |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  | JourneyName | Text | X | 100 |  |\r\n|  | VersionNumbe r | Number | X |  |  |\r\n|  | EmailName | Text | X | 100 |  |\r\n|  | SendTime | Date | X |  |  |\r\n|  | BounceTime | Date | X |  |  |\r\n|  | EmailAddress | EmailAddress | X | 254 |  |\r\n|  | ContactKey | Text | X | 254 |  |\r\n| X | ContactID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n| X | JobID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n| X | ListID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n\r\n| Primary Key | Name | Data Type | Required | Length | Default Value |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| X | BatchID | Number | X |  |  |\r\n|  | AddressLine1 | Text | X | 500 |  |\r\n|  | AddressLine2 | Text |  | 500 |  |\r\n|  | City | Text | X | 100 |  |\r\n|  | State | Text | X | 2 |  |\r\n|  | Zip | Text | X | 10 |  |\r\n|  | HomePhone | Phone |  | 50 |  |\r\n|  | MobilePhone | Phone |  | 50 |  |\r\n\r\nCreate a Query Activity\r\nIn Automation Studio, create an SQL query with these properties. To ensure that bounce data is finalized,\r\nwait at least 72 hours after the send to run this query.\r\n\r\n| Query Name | EmailBouncesByJourney |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| External Key | EmailBouncesByJourney |\r\n\r\nSample Query\r\nCopy and paste this query.\r\nSELECT j.journeyname,\r\nj.versionnumber,\r\nja.activityname AS EmailName,\r\ns.eventdate AS SendTime,\r\nb.eventdate AS BounceTime,\r\nsu.emailaddress,\r\nsu.subscriberkey AS ContactKey,\r\nsu.subscriberid AS ContactID,\r\ns.jobid,\r\ns.listid,\r\ns.batchid,\r\ncpd.addressline1,\r\ncpd.addressline2,\r\ncpd.city,\r\ncpd.state,\r\ncpd.zip,\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\ncpd.homephone,\r\ncpd.mobilephone\r\nFROM [_sent] AS s\r\nINNER JOIN [_journeyactivity] AS ja\r\nON s.triggerersenddefinitionobjectid = ja.journeyactivityobject\r\nid\r\nINNER JOIN [_journey] AS j\r\nON ja.versionid = j.versionid\r\nINNER JOIN [_bounce] AS b\r\nON s.jobid = b.jobid\r\nAND s.listid = b.listid\r\nAND s.batchid = b.batchid\r\nAND s.subscriberid = b.subscriberid\r\nINNER JOIN [_subscribers] AS su\r\nON s.subscriberid = su.subscriberid\r\nINNER JOIN contactprofiledata AS cpd\r\nON s.subscriberkey = cpd.contactkey\r\nWHERE ja.activitytype IN ( EMAIL, EMAILV2 )\r\nAND s.eventdate < Dateadd(hour, -72, Getdate())\r\nAND j.journeyname = MY_JOURNEY_NAME\r\nFinalize the Query Activity\r\nCustomize the query. Use the line numbers in Automation Studio to identify which lines to modify.\r\n•\r\nOn the last line, replace MY_JOURNEY_NAME with the name of your journey.\r\n•\r\nIf you're querying from the child business unit of an Enterprise 2.0 account, modify line 29 to add the\r\nent. prefix.\r\n- Original: INNER JOIN [_subscribers] AS su\r\n- Modified: INNER JOIN ent.[subscribers] AS su\r\nLink the query to the target data extension.\r\n\r\n| Target Data Extension | EmailBouncesByJourney |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Data Action | Overwrite |\r\n\r\nQuery Variation: Capture Bounces for All Journeys\r\nTo capture bounces for all journeys, remove the last line from the query.\r\nAND j.journeyname = MY_JOURNEY_NAME\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate a Data Extension in Contact Builder\r\nCreate a Data Extension in Email Studio (Enhanced)\r\nBuild a SQL Query Activity\r\nOptimizing a SQL Query Activity\r\nSQL Reference\r\nQuery: Journey Builder Sends by Email Across Versions\r\nAggregate all Journey Builder email sends across multiple versions of the same journey. Or modify this\r\nquery to find opens, clicks, bounces, complaints, or unsubscribes across versions during a specific time\r\nframe.\r\nBefore You Begin\r\nTo use this example, you need a working knowledge of SQL. You can copy and paste the code samples,\r\nbut you must configure them for your setup.\r\nCreate a Target Data Extension\r\nIn Contact Builder or Email Studio, create a standard data extension with these properties and fields.\r\nThis data extension is the destination for your query's data output.\r\n\r\n| Target Data Extension | EmailSendsByJourney |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| External Key | EmailSendsByJourney |\r\n\r\nNote If you create the data extension in Email Studio, the Nullable column replaces the Required\r\ncolumn. If a field isn't required, select Nullable. If a field is required, don't select Nullable.\r\n\r\n| Primary Key | Name | Data Type | Required | Length | Default Value |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  | JourneyName | Text | Yes | 100 |  |\r\n|  | Date | Date | Yes |  |  |\r\n|  | EmailName | Text | Yes | 100 |  |\r\n|  | ActivityExternal Key | Text | Yes | 100 |  |\r\n|  | Sends | Number | Yes |  |  |\r\n\r\nCreate a Query Activity\r\nIn Automation Studio, create an SQL query with these properties.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n\r\n| Query Name | EmailSendsByJourney |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| External Key | EmailSendsByJourney |\r\n\r\nSample Query\r\nCopy and paste this query.\r\nSELECT j.journeyname,\r\nCast(s.eventdate AS DATE) AS Date,\r\nja.activityname AS EmailName,\r\nja.activityexternalkey,\r\nCount(*) AS Sends\r\nFROM [_sent] AS s\r\nINNER JOIN [_journeyactivity] AS ja\r\nON s.triggerersenddefinitionobjectid = ja.journeyactivityobject\r\nid\r\nINNER JOIN [_journey] AS j\r\nON ja.versionid = j.versionid\r\nINNER JOIN [_subscribers] AS su\r\nON s.subscriberid = su.subscriberid\r\nWHERE ja.activitytype IN ( 'EMAIL', 'EMAILV2' )\r\nAND j.journeyname = MY_JOURNEY_NAME\r\nAND s.eventdate > Dateadd(day, -7, Getdate())\r\nGROUP BY j.journeyname,\r\nj.journeyid,\r\nCast(s.eventdate AS DATE),\r\nja.activityname,\r\nja.activityexternalkey\r\nFinalize the Query Activity\r\nCustomize the query. To identify which lines to modify, use the line numbers in Automation Studio.\r\n•\r\nOn line 14, replace MY_JOURNEY_NAME with the name of your journey.\r\n•\r\nIf you're querying from the child business unit of an Enterprise 2.0 account, modify line 11 to add the\r\nent. prefix.\r\n- Original: INNER JOIN [_subscribers] AS su\r\n- Modified: INNER JOIN ent.[subscribers] AS su\r\nLink the query to the target data extension.\r\n\r\n\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/part-03.md#0","file":"part-03.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/03-automation-studio/part-03.md","heading":"part-03","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Automation Studio (part 3/3)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-238\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nretrieve up to 6 months of data.\r\nTracking Extract Output\r\nTracking extracts output several types of data related to an email send.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nTracking Extract Configuration in Automation Studio\r\nYou can create a data extract activity in Automation Studio using the Extract Type dropdown. To specify\r\nthe data you want to include, configure the tracking extract fields. See the example at the end of this\r\nsection for a categorization of extraction objects. When you've configured it, start your activity to\r\nproduce results.\r\nNote You must have the Tracking Extract feature provisioned for your account. Contact your\r\nAccount Executive for more information.\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Rolling Range or Specific Range | Range of time to include in the tracking extract. All ranges are from 12 AM to 12 AM. • For a Rolling Range, set the dropdown to 1, 7, 30, 60, or 90 days, to include every time you run the data extension extract. • For a Specific Range, enter the start and end dates in the calendar fields under the radio button. Select up to 30 days in your range. |\r\n| AccountIDs | Accounts used to extract tracking information. • A blank field extracts information from the |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | account running the extract. • An asterisk extracts information from all accounts and subaccounts in an Enterprise account. • A comma-delimited list of account ID numbers extracts information from only those accounts inside an Enterprise account. |\r\n| Attributes | Accounts for which you want to include the Attributes file. This section is only available if ExtractAttributes is enabled for your account. • A blank field returns no attributes. • A comma-delimited list of attribute names returns attribute files for those accounts. If the attribute doesn't exist for an account or subaccount, this action returns no attributes. |\r\n| EmailSendDefinitionExternalKey | Email send definition external key to filter data from a specific send. |\r\n| Output Checkboxes | View one or more tracking extract outputs. • Attributes • Bounces • ClickImpressions • Clicks • Conversions • ListMembershipChanges • Lists • NotSent • Opens • SendJobImpressions • SendJobs • Sent • SentImpression • StatusChanges • Subscribers • SurveyResponses • Unsubs |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| ExtractRange | Date range used to create the tracking extract. • A blank field uses the date range associated with the tracking extract. • Previous Month overrides any other information and creates the tracking extract from the previous month's data. |\r\n| Format | The format in which you want the tracking extract to be created. Don't use txt to indicate a tab- delimited file. Although .txt is the file extension for a tab-delimited file, entering txt as the format causes an error. • csv returns a comma-delimited file. The tracking extract defaults to this value. • tab returns a tab-delimited file. • xml returns an XML file where supported. To determine if XML is a valid option, review Tracking Extract Output. |\r\n| IncludeAllListMembers | Includes all list members in the tracking extract. Leave this box unchecked to include only list members with activity during the specified time. |\r\n| IncludeAllSubscribers | Includes all subscribers in the Subscribers file of the tracking extract. Leave this box unchecked to include only subscribers with activity corresponding to the events you select to include in the extract. |\r\n| IncludeInferredOpens | Includes all inferred opens, or email clicks without a recorded open. Leave this box unchecked to include only specific opens where the email was clicked and rendered. |\r\n| Include User Agent Information | Includes user agent data related to the open or click, such as operating system, email client, browser, or device. |\r\n| QuoteText | Surrounds all text with double quotation marks. This process replaces existing double quotes in the tracking extract by two single quotation marks. |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | To use a text qualifier, select this option and enter the text qualifier. |\r\n| SendIDs or JobIDs | Enter a comma-delimited list of SendIDs to filter the tracking extract. Specify the external key of an email send definition in the extract as well to include information from all SendIDs and the email send definition. A blank field returns job details for the entire specified range. |\r\n| TextQualifier | Select Quote Text to enable use of a text qualifier. Enter a character to use as a text qualifier. This value defaults to a double quotation mark. |\r\n| UnicodeOutput | Saves the extract in UTF-16 format instead of ASCII. |\r\n\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate an Audit Trail Data Extract Activity\r\nAPI Data Extract Options\r\nTo better organize Email Studio data extracts, use these categories for your SQL database. You can\r\nretrieve up to 6 months of data.\r\nOutput File Options\r\n•\r\nOutputFileName\r\n•\r\nFormat\r\n•\r\nFileFormat\r\n•\r\nQuoteText\r\n•\r\nTextQualifier\r\n•\r\nColumnDelimiter\r\n•\r\nUnicodeOutput\r\n•\r\nCharacterEncoding\r\nNotifications\r\n•\r\nNotificationEmail\r\nDate Options\r\n•\r\nStartDate\r\n•\r\nEndDate\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n•\r\nTimezone\r\n•\r\nUseLocalTZinQuerypublic\r\n•\r\nIncludeMilliseconds\r\nQualifiers\r\n•\r\nAccountIDs\r\n•\r\nAttributes\r\n•\r\nSendIDs\r\n•\r\nEmailSendDefinitionExternalKey\r\nSubscribers\r\n•\r\nExtractSubscribers\r\n•\r\nIncludeAllSubscribers\r\n•\r\nExtractAttributes\r\n•\r\nextractStatusChanges\r\nSend Job\r\n•\r\nExtractSendJobs\r\n•\r\nExtractSendJobImpressions\r\nSent\r\n•\r\nExtractSent\r\n•\r\nExtractNotSent\r\n•\r\nExtractSendData\r\n•\r\nExtractSendImpressions\r\n•\r\nIncludeTestSends\r\n•\r\nIncludeCampaignID\r\nOpens\r\n•\r\nExtractOpens\r\n•\r\nIncludeUniqueOpens\r\n•\r\nIncludeInferredOpens\r\n•\r\nIncludeGEO\r\n•\r\nIncludeUserAgentInformation\r\nClicks\r\n•\r\nExtractClicks\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n•\r\nExtractClickImpressions\r\n•\r\nIncludeUniqueClicks\r\n•\r\nIncludeUniqueForURLClicks\r\nBounces\r\n•\r\nExtractBounces\r\nUnsubscribes\r\n•\r\nExtractUnsubs\r\n•\r\nIncludeUnsubReason\r\n•\r\nExtractSpamComplaints\r\nLists and Data Extensions\r\n•\r\nextractListMembershipChanges\r\n•\r\nextractLists\r\n•\r\nIncludeAllListMembers\r\n•\r\nExtractMultipleDataExtensionListData\r\nConversions and Surveys\r\n•\r\nExtractConversions\r\n•\r\nExtractSurveyResponses\r\nTracking Extract Output\r\nTracking extracts output several types of data related to an email send.\r\nAttributes\r\nThe attributes tracking extract output file contains the attributes associated with subscribers in an\r\naccount.\r\nBounces\r\nThe bounce event extract file shows all the hard and soft bounces that occurred in a specific date\r\nrange. The events in this report relate to all subscribers for a particular send.\r\nClickImpression\r\nThe click event extract file shows all the instances of a clicked link in an email occurring within the\r\nspecified date range. The file also includes the impression region name associated with the click event.\r\nThe events in this report can relate to all sends for subscribers on a list or related to a particular send.\r\nClicks\r\nThe click event extract file shows all instances of a clicked link in an email occurring within the\r\nspecified date range. The events in this report relate to all sends for subscribers on a list or related to a\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nparticular send.\r\nConversions\r\nThe conversions file contains a row for each conversion event associated with a subscriber related to\r\nan email send job.\r\nListMembershipChanges\r\nThe ListMembershipChanges file includes rows that contain information on the subscriber, list, and\r\nstatus data change for every event.\r\nLists\r\nThe lists file contains rows including name, description, and other information for a unique list.\r\nNotSent\r\nThis list contains information on send jobs and messages that didn't send. Only the most recent two\r\nmonths of data is available.\r\nOpens\r\nAn Open event extract file shows open instances of an HTML email during the date range. The open\r\nevents relate to all sends for subscribers on a list or to a particular send.\r\nSendImpression\r\nThe SendImpression event extract file shows instances of an email send occurring during a specified\r\ndate range. The file also includes the impression region name associated with the click event. The send\r\nevents relate to all sends for subscribers on a list or to a particular send.\r\nSendJobImpression\r\nThe SendJobImpression file represents all impression tracking information from sends with activity\r\nlogged against them for the timeframe of the extract. This list reflects only jobs that already processed.\r\nSends scheduled for the future do not appear in this list.\r\nSendJobs\r\nThe SendJobs file represents all sends with activity logged against them for the timeframe of the\r\nextract. This list reflects only jobs that already processed. Sends scheduled for the future do not\r\nappear in this list.\r\nSent\r\nThe Sent event extract file shows instances of an email send occurring during a specified date range.\r\nThe send events relate to all sends for subscribers on a list or to a particular send.\r\nSpam Complaints\r\nThe Extract Spam Complaints extract file shows subscriber, list, and domain data, including sendID\r\nand date, for subscribers who received an email and reported it as spam.\r\nStatusChanges\r\nThe StatusChanges file shows instances of change in a subscriber's status.\r\nSubscribers\r\nThe Subscribers file contains subscribers with a tracking event occurring during a specified data range.\r\nSurveys\r\nThe Surveys file contains information on responses to surveys included in email sends.\r\nUnsubs\r\nThe Unsubs file includes information on unsubscriptions that occurred during a specified data range.\r\nThe unsubscribe events can be related to all sends for subscribers on a list or to a particular send.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\nAAttttrriibbuutteess\r\nAAttttrriibbuutteess\r\nThe attributes tracking extract output file contains the attributes associated with subscribers in an\r\naccount.\r\nThis extract only outputs data for subscribers who received one of these events over the specified time:\r\n•\r\nBounce\r\n•\r\nClick\r\n•\r\nFTAF\r\n•\r\nOpen\r\n•\r\nSend\r\n•\r\nSurvey\r\n•\r\nUnsubscribe\r\nFor Enterprise and Enterprise 2.0 accounts, not all attributes specified in the Attributes extract property\r\nexist in a child account. In this case, the attribute value is left blank in the file.\r\nOutput Types\r\n•\r\nCVS\r\n•\r\nTAB\r\nColumns\r\nThis file can include more columns depending on the attribute set specified in the Attributes extract\r\nproperty.\r\nAttributes\r\n\r\n| Name | Description | Possible Values | Data Type | Character Length |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| ClientID | The system account identifier associated with attribute set | -2^63 (-9,223,372,036,8 54,775,808) to 2^63-1 (9,223,372,036,85 4,775,807) | Numeric | Maximum length - big integer |\r\n| SubscriberKey | Customer- specified subscriber unique identifier associated with attribute set. By |  | String | 254 |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Automation Studio\r\n\r\n| Name | Description | Possible Values | Data Type | Character Length |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  | default, the value is the same as EmailAddress. |  |  |  |\r\n| EmailAddress | Subscriber email address identifier associated with attribute set |  | String | 254 |\r\n| SubscriberID | System-generated subscriber unique identifier associated with attribute set. SubscriberID relates to the Subscribers file SubscriberID column. \n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Journeys and Messages\r\n\r\n- **Source:** `engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf` — PDF pages **239–489** (printed TOC section).\r\n- **Split:** 4 files (~2500 lines each) for easier search and AI context windows.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/README.md","heading":"Parts","body":"- [Part 1](part-01.md)\r\n- [Part 2](part-02.md)\r\n- [Part 3](part-03.md)\r\n- [Part 4](part-04.md)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-01.md#0","file":"part-01.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-01.md","heading":"part-01","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Journeys and Messages (part 1/4)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"239-489\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nJourneys and Messages\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | it expires. |\r\n| LastRunTime | The last date and time that the automation ran. |\r\n| 30DaySuccessRate | The automation's success rate over the past 30 days based on this calculation: CompletionCount / (CompletionCount + ErrorCount). |\r\n| 30DayCompletionCount | The number of times that the automation finished without an error over the past 30 days. A stopped automation is considered completed. |\r\n| 30DayErrorCount | The number of times that the automation had errors over the past 30 days. |\r\n| 30DaySkipCount | The number of times that the automation was skipped over the past 30 days. Skipped automations aren't included in the total run count or the success rate calculation. |\r\n| 30DayRunCount | The number of times that the automation ran over the past 30 days. This count includes completions and errors but not skips. |\r\n| 12MonthRunCount | The number of times that the automation ran over the past 12 months. This count includes completions and errors but not skips. |\r\n| FolderPath | The automation's folder path. |\r\n\r\nJourneys and Messages\r\nJourney Builder is a campaign planning tool in Marketing Cloud Engagement that enables you to design\r\nand automate campaigns that guide customers through their journey with a brand. Its foundation is the\r\njourney, which is the communication plan you design. Canvas activities tell Journey Builder how to\r\ncommunicate to and direct contacts in the journey. Contacts enter from an entry source. The journey\r\nthen continually evaluates contacts to determine when to move them to the next activity.\r\nJourney Builder supports these Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.\r\n\r\n| Edition | Compatibility | Known Issues | MC Connect Considerations |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Core / Advanced | Yes | None | • Required Version: |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n\r\n| Edition | Compatibility | Known Issues | MC Connect Considerations |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  |  |  | Marketing Cloud Connect/V5 • Multi-org support: N/A |\r\n| Enterprise 1.0 | • Parent Account: No • On Your Behalf (OYB) Accounts: No • Lock & Publish Accounts: Yes | • Sending from the top level of Enterprise 1.0 isn't supported • Sending from OYB account isn't supported | Journey Builder doesn't support the Salesforce Event as an entry source If there are several Enterprises 1.0 Lock & Publish accounts connected to a Salesforce org. |\r\n| Enterprise 2.0 | Yes | Can't copy journeys from parent business units to child business units | • Required Version: Marketing Cloud Connect/V5 • Multi-org support: N/A |\r\n\r\nJourney Builder Prerequisites\r\nReview these items before using Journey Builder in Marketing Cloud Engagement whether you're a\r\nmarketer or administrator.\r\nPermissions for Journey Builder\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement user permission settings supersede user permissions granted in the\r\nJourney Builder app. Review the list of permissions required to access these features in Journey\r\nBuilder.\r\nHow to Optimize Journey Builder Performance\r\nThe Journey Builder processing rate varies based on your data model, filters, configuration, activities,\r\nand content complexity. Journeys share processing resources, so stagger the start time for each\r\njourney to reduce the demand and increase the processing speed of individual journeys. Use the\r\nSystem Optimization Dashboard to identify and prioritize optimizations that could increase your\r\noverall throughput.\r\nThe Journeys Dashboard\r\nThe Journeys Dashboard provides an overview of all the journeys you create in Journey Builder. The\r\noverview includes journey type, status, and the last date changes were made. You can also see which\r\nversion of a journey is accepting new contacts. In this dashboard, you can sort by journey, status,\r\nperformance by entry total and goal attainment, or last modified date. You can also filter the list of\r\njourneys, open a journey, and access the journey creation workspace.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nManage Customer Journeys\r\nJourney Builder's enables you to efficiently create and track Single Send, Transactional Send, and\r\nMulti-Step customer journeys in Marketing Cloud Engagement from a unified workspace.\r\nJourney Settings\r\nTo get the best performance from your journeys, configure Journey Settings to determine when the\r\ncontact enters a Marketing Cloud Engagement journey and which address Journey Builder uses to\r\nmessage the contact.\r\nEntry Sources\r\nThe entry source on the canvas tells Journey Builder where customers entering this journey come\r\nfrom. Each journey must include an entry source.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Mobile App Events Overview\r\nHighly relevant and contextually aware interactions are the cornerstone of amazing customer\r\nexperiences. Now, user behaviors on your mobile app can drive relevant and personalized\r\ntouchpoints, powered by easy-to-configure listening rules in Journey Builder. Mobile App Events help\r\nyour brand deliver mobile moments that matter by creating meaningful engagement, increasing brand\r\nloyalty, and generating a higher return on investment for your marketing campaigns.\r\nUse Data in Journey Builder\r\nThe essential functions of Journey Builder depend on data. To maximize the reach of your journeys,\r\nexplore how you can use data for filtering, personalization, and other Journey Builder tasks.\r\nGoals in Journey Builder\r\nIn Journey Builder, a goal is a measurement of customer actions that you want to promote. Measure\r\ngoals based on a goal target you set by creating a filter on contact data. After you activate a journey,\r\nJourney Builder evaluates contact data against the filter set as the goal target. When Journey Builder\r\ndetermines that a contact has met the goal, that contact is counted in goal target statistics. Reaching\r\nthe goal can also prompt the contact to exit, if applicable.\r\nActivity Types\r\nLearn what each Journey Builder activity does.\r\nActivity IDs in Journey Builder\r\nFind any activity's unique identifier in a draft, running, paused, or stopped journey after the journey is\r\nsaved. This feature helps customers and Support agents locate the issue when troubleshooting an\r\nactivity.\r\nMessage Activities\r\nMessaging activities include email, SMS, LINE message, push notification, inbox message, in-app\r\nmessage, or any other form of content sent to contacts. To provide a mix of information about your\r\nbrand or your product, vary the message content. Create message content before you build a journey.\r\nJourney Builder Activities\r\nCanvas activities include messages, decisions, updates, or a combination of these elements\r\nSales and Service Cloud Activities\r\nUse Sales and Service Cloud canvas activities in Journey Builder to create or update object records for\r\nconnected Marketing Cloud Engagement contacts. You can grant users access to create or edit Sales\r\nand Service Cloud activities, except users with the Marketing Cloud Engagement Administrator role.\r\nJourney Builder Administration\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nJourney Builder includes an administrative interface that is accessed by clicking links in the top\r\nnavigation.\r\nAnalytics and History\r\nJourney Builder includes journey health, history, and dashboards.\r\nJourney Builder Prerequisites\r\nReview these items before using Journey Builder in Marketing Cloud Engagement whether you're a\r\nmarketer or administrator.\r\n•\r\nA Marketing Cloud Engagement Services or Partner Services engagement is recommended for\r\norganizations using Journey Builder with integrations and complex use cases.\r\n•\r\nAssistance from an IT administrator is often helpful while designing the Contact Builder contacts\r\nmodel and audience segmentation filters for Journey Builder.\r\nAccount Provisioning\r\nBefore you can create a journey, provision your Engagement account to support Journey Builder. Manage\r\naccess to view and create Journey Builder journeys using Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup. Customize\r\npermissions for roles or individuals to deny access, allow limited access for viewing journeys, or allow\r\ncomplete access to create, edit, and publish journeys.\r\nContact your Salesforce Marketing Cloud Engagement representative if you have account provisioning\r\nquestions.\r\nFor Marketers\r\nMarketers commonly perform these tasks.\r\n•\r\nData Extensions\r\nOne common way to admit contacts into a journey is to fire them into the journey from a sendable\r\ndata extension. To admit contacts, create a sendable data extension and add or import contacts into\r\nit. There are multiple ways to create a data extension.\r\nAfter contacts are added to a sendable data extension, configure an entry source to detect data\r\nextension changes and determine Journey Builder's action.\r\n•\r\nChannel Content\r\nBefore adding channel activities to a journey, create channel content, like email messages, SMS\r\nmessages, or push notifications.\r\nFor Administrators\r\nIT Administrators commonly perform these tasks.\r\n•\r\nContacts\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nA contact represents a single instance of a person within Engagement. A contact contains data derived\r\nfrom communications through multiple channels mapped back to a single person.\r\nContact Builder defines a contact based on whether its ContactID is found in a population or by\r\nsubscription to channels such as email or SMS.\r\nNote The term contact describes a data record in Engagement that stores data about a person\r\nyour organization communicates with. The term customer describes the persons to whom\r\ncommunication is sent, about whom data is collected, and whose decisions affect Journey\r\nBuilder behavior.\r\nSome entry sources, audiences, and Sales or Service Cloud entry events, create a ContactKey\r\nautomatically when no ID can be matched. All other entry sources require that an existing contact\r\nmatches to an existing record, confirming a positive match. Entry sources that don't create a contact\r\nautomatically must be a channel subscriber or part of a Population to enter a journey.\r\nTo avoid rejections when using an entry source that doesn't create contacts, use Contact Builder to\r\ncreate contacts. Provide a ContactKey that Journey Builder uses to identify them.\r\n•\r\nJourney Entry Data Source\r\nIdentify a data source, often a sendable data extension, as the source that contains contacts to admit\r\nto the journey. When you configure an entry source, you can select this data extension as the source of\r\ncontacts in the journey.\r\n- Set up a data extension entry source to easily select a sendable data extension to start the journey.\r\nSee Also\r\nModify Marketing Cloud Engagement User Settings\r\nJourney Builder Roles\r\nContact Builder in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nContent Builder\r\nGet Started in Marketing Cloud Engagement MobilePush\r\nGet Started in MobileConnect\r\nDistributed Marketing\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Feature Settings\r\nEmail Deliverability\r\nPermissions for Journey Builder\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement user permission settings supersede user permissions granted in the\r\nJourney Builder app. Review the list of permissions required to access these features in Journey Builder.\r\n\r\n| Features | Required Marketing Cloud Engagement Permission |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| • Decision Split • Wait by Attribute | • Email > Subscribers > Data Extension > View • Salesforce Marketing Cloud Engagement > Contacts > Read Contact Data |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n\r\n| Features | Required Marketing Cloud Engagement Permission |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| • Update Contact | • Email > Subscribers > Data Extension > View • Email > Subscribers > List > View |\r\n| Engagement Split |\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-02.md#0","file":"part-02.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-02.md","heading":"part-02","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Journeys and Messages (part 2/4)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"239-489\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\n66.. Click Done.\r\n77.. Drag a decision split activity onto the canvas.\r\n88.. Click the activity.\r\n99.. To configure the first path contacts can follow, click Edit.\r\n1100.. In Journey Data, locate the audience you selected when configuring the Google Analytics entry source.\r\n1111.. Drag AllowPersonalizedAds into the filter, and select False.\r\nNote Salesforce customers are responsible for ensuring the accuracy of any consumer consent\r\nsettings managed by external platforms such as Google Analytics. See Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nData Protection and Privacy Tools for more information on the privacy compliance tools available in\r\nEngagement.\r\nGoogle Analytics Use Case\r\nAn NTO marketer wants to compel past purchasers to review the item or service they purchased. The\r\nmarketer uses Journey Builder to create a journey in Marketing Cloud Engagement, which uses data from\r\ntheir company's Google Analytics (GA) account.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nNTO Creates a Potential Reviewers Journey\r\nTo encourage reviews, an NTO marketer creates a journey that admits customers from the GA audience\r\nand creates a segment of customers who made a purchase without leaving a review. The marketer\r\nnames this segment Potential Reviewers. To admit customers to this journey, the marketer sets up the GA\r\nentry source to admit members of the Potential Reviewers audience.\r\nIn Journey Builder, the marketer drags the GA entry source tile into the journey. After clicking the activity\r\nto access the configuration, the marketer clicks Select an Audience and chooses the Potential Reviewers\r\naudience.\r\nNTO wants to exclude customers who left a review after being added to the Potential Reviewers\r\naudience, but before journey activation. So after choosing the Potential Reviewers audience, the\r\nmarketer creates a filter using an attribute called Reviews. The marketer configures the filter so that\r\naudience members enter the journey when the attribute value is null. The marketer adds another line,\r\ndrags the Reviews and ReviewDate attributes into it, and configures the filter so that Reviews is null and\r\nReviewDate is less than today.\r\nThe marketer finishes configuring the entry source. When the journey is activated, members of the\r\nPotential Reviewers audience that meet filter criteria are admitted to the journey.\r\nThe Salesforce Data Event\r\nA Salesforce Data Event is an action in Sales Cloud or Service Cloud, such as creating or updating an\r\nobject record, that injects a contact into a journey. If the primary object meets rule criteria and reference\r\nobject filtering criteria, Flow Builder initiates a Journey Builder event.\r\nNote You can grant users access to create or edit Salesforce events, except users with the Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement Administrator role.\r\nConsider these items when you configure the event:\r\n•\r\nUse the Sales Cloud or Service Cloud object as the source of the entry event\r\n•\r\nWho enters the journey, such as users, leads, or contacts\r\n•\r\nWhen the user, lead, or contact enters the journey, such as when a record is created or updated\r\n•\r\nSelect attributes from object data to filter who enters the journey\r\n•\r\nSelect fields from related objects and the entry object to use for journey data\r\nNote Limit selection to 250 fields or less. Limit journeys per object to 80 or less.\r\nEach record includes the ID for the user, lead, or contact entering the journey, their email address, and\r\nthe email opt-out flag status.\r\nAfter the entry source is configured, you can't edit the object it uses or who enters the journey. To select\r\na different object, delete and recreate the entry source. You can edit the entry criteria, filters, and event\r\ndata for a configured entry source before it's published. You can copy journeys that contain Salesforce\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nentry sources and entry sources are reusable.\r\nNote Salesforce entry sources are only editable when no other running journey or version uses\r\nthem.\r\nAfter you save the entry source, Engagement creates a data extension that uses event data as columns\r\nand the contact ID as the Subscriber ID. Records that meet the entry source criteria are imported into\r\nthis data extension when the journey is published. A row is created in the data extension every time a\r\nrecord meets the criteria, but existing rows aren't updated. You can have the same record in the data\r\nextension multiple times when it enters the journey more than one time. For more details, see Journey\r\nSettings.\r\nNote The Test Mode feature in Journey Builder doesn't support Salesforce Entry Sources.\r\nThe integration between Engagement and Sales Cloud uses Flows, Process Builder, Apex, Platform\r\nEvents, and SOAP APIs. Therefore, Salesforce Data Events are subject to all APEX Governor Limits. Adding\r\nJourney Builder events or your own processes or flows into the save order of an object can expose or\r\nexceed limits within your org. When an integrated journey is activated, the Sales Cloud Flow Metadata\r\nAPI launches the flow for the object with the conditions specified in the entry configuration. These tools\r\nallow your business to run behind the scenes. Here's an example that illustrates how the objects are used\r\nand how they work from end to end.\r\nRequired Permissions\r\nTo configure or activate a journey that includes a Salesforce Data Event, your user account must have a\r\nrole assigned with these permissions allowed:\r\n•\r\nEmail | Integrations | Salesforce CRM\r\n•\r\nJourney Builder | Sales and Service Cloud\r\nAPEX Governor Limits\r\nSalesforce Data Events are subject to all APEX limits, or governors, and process limits within the platform.\r\nIntroducing Journey Builder Events or Process Builder and Flows into the save order of an object can\r\nexpose or exceed limits within your org.\r\n•\r\n50 Future invocations: Before the 5.496 Marketing Cloud Connect package, Journey Builder made\r\ndirect callouts using the future annotation. This action causes an error on any transaction\r\nexceeding 50 records, meeting the Journey Builder Event criteria. To avoid this error, use Marketing\r\nCloud Connect package 5.496 or above.\r\n•\r\nTransactions with more than 2,000 records: A save transaction is limited to less than 2,000 flow\r\ninvocations. This limit allows up to 2,000 records to enter a flow within a transaction. If multiple flows\r\nare triggered or your org has custom logic generating transactions with more than 2,000 records, the\r\nflow invocation fails. To interact with a smaller number of objects, modify transactions.\r\n•\r\nMaximum CPU Time: The event adds steps to the target objects save order transaction, which uses a\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nsmall portion of the allocated CPU for a transaction. To avoid exceeding this limit, monitor the\r\naddition of processes.\r\n•\r\n50 System.enqueueJob limit: Each Journey Builder callout is queued as an invocable method. Each\r\ntransaction can enqueue up to 50 invocable methods and can process up to 200 records. If objects\r\nmeet the criteria for multiple events, this limit can be reached with 50 unique events on a single\r\nobject. This limit is shared with non-Journey Builder triggers and flows.\r\nAssociated Sales or Service Org Changes\r\nIf the Sales or Service Cloud org connected to the Engagement account changes, delete all associated\r\njourneys and events. Journeys can reference objects or fields that don't exist in the new org and cause\r\npublishing to fail. Create journeys and events to reference the new org.\r\nConfigure the Salesforce Data Event\r\nUsing this Journey Builder event, contacts enter the journey when a Sales Cloud record is created or\r\nupdated.\r\nCreate a Salesforce Campaign Event\r\nThe Salesforce Campaign event in Journey Builder adds contacts to a Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\njourney when they're added to a Sales Cloud campaign. You can also use this event to send Salesforce\r\nobject data into the data extension created upon entry.\r\nSalesforce Experience Cloud\r\nThe Salesforce Experience Cloud entry source in Journey Builder starts activities in a journey when\r\nnew members are added to your Experience Cloud site. Use the Salesforce Data Event for activities\r\nthat aren't related to adding new members.\r\nPerson Accounts and Salesforce Data Events\r\nA person account is a type of account that stores information about individual consumers. By default,\r\nSalesforce accounts are business accounts, but administrators can choose to set up person accounts.\r\nPerson accounts facilitate business-to-consumer functionality within Sales and Service Clouds. Use the\r\nSalesforce Data Event to tell Journey Builder to perform one of these actions:\r\nConfigure the Salesforce Data Event\r\nUsing this Journey Builder event, contacts enter the journey when a Sales Cloud record is created or\r\nupdated.\r\nRREEQQUUIIRREEDD EEDDIITTIIOONNSS\r\nUSER PERMISSIONS NEEDED\r\nTo configure or activate a journey that includes this\r\nUsers must have a role assigned with these\r\ntype of entry event:\r\npermissions allowed:\r\n•\r\nEmail | Integrations | Salesforce CRM\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nUSER PERMISSIONS NEEDED\r\n•\r\nJourney Builder | Sales and Service Cloud\r\n11.. Drag Salesforce Data onto the canvas.\r\n22.. Click Salesforce Data.\r\n33.. Select Salesforce Data Event.\r\n44.. Select a primary object as the event source.\r\n55.. Specify whether to send contacts into the journey when records are created, updated, or both.\r\n66.. Note When configuring the event, select who enters a journey, such as leads, contacts, person\r\naccounts, or users. If you select the Leads, Contacts or Users object, the Who ID is available. For\r\nall other objects, the object must contain a lookup field for the Who ID.\r\nSpecify who enters the journey.\r\n77.. Create a filter for the primary object.\r\n88.. Add more filtering criteria based on any reference objects, which includes any object cross-referenced\r\nfrom the primary object.\r\nNote Polymorphic fields aren't supported in secondary filter criteria.\r\n99.. Select journey data based on primary or reference objects. The event sends data from the selected\r\nfields to Journey Builder. Each record automatically includes the ID related to the person entering the\r\njourney, that person's email address, and the email opt-out flag status as applicable.\r\n1100.. Configure the remainder of the journey by adding and configuring activities.\r\n1111.. Click Activate to start the journey. This action creates a Flow in Sales Cloud.\r\nNote Salesforce entry sources, including the Salesforce Data, Campaign, and Community entry\r\nsources, are only editable when no other journey or version uses them. You can't edit the object a\r\nSalesforce entry source uses to decide who enters the journey. To choose a different object in a\r\nSalesforce entry source, delete and recreate the entry source.\r\nCreate a Salesforce Campaign Event\r\nThe Salesforce Campaign event in Journey Builder adds contacts to a Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\njourney when they're added to a Sales Cloud campaign. You can also use this event to send Salesforce\r\nobject data into the data extension created upon entry.\r\nNote New users must be explicitly granted access to create or edit Salesforce events, except users\r\nwith the Marketing Cloud Engagement Administrator role.\r\nThe Salesforce Campaign event adds contacts to a journey when they're added to a Sales Cloud\r\ncampaign.\r\n11.. Drag Salesforce Data onto the canvas.\r\n22.. Click Salesforce Data.\r\n33.. Select Salesforce Campaign Event.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n44.. Select one or more campaigns whose members are added to the journey when they're a\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-03.md#0","file":"part-03.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-03.md","heading":"part-03","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Journeys and Messages (part 3/4)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"239-489\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\ncc.. Click Done.\r\n77.. Submit your template request, and confirm your selected language.\r\nYou can view the status of your submitted template on the Message Templates.\r\nCreate a WhatsApp Template Message (Sinch)\r\nAfter your channel is approved, you can start creating templates for WhatsApp transactional messages.\r\nNote After a template is approved, you can't edit it. Instead, submit a new template message for\r\napproval. You can share an approved template across WhatsApp channels but not across business\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nunits.\r\n11.. From the AppExchange dropdown, select Chat Messaging Setup.\r\n22.. In the left navigation, click Message Templates.\r\n33.. Click New Template.\r\n44.. Select a registered account.\r\n55.. Name your template.\r\n66.. Select a template category from the dropdown.\r\n77.. Select the language from the dropdown.\r\n88.. Complete the Message Content section.\r\nIf you include a URL in your template message, ensure that your URL has a valid landing page and\r\nbelongs to your business. Templates with invalid URLs are rejected.\r\naa.. Add an optional header.\r\nbb.. Complete the Message Body section.\r\ncc.. Add an optional footer.\r\ndd.. Add optional buttons.\r\n99.. Click Submit Request.\r\nYou can view the status of your submitted template in the Message Templates screen.\r\nWhatsApp Template Message Elements\r\nYou can include these elements in your template message.\r\nHeader\r\nThe header appears at the top of your message. Make your content stand out by placing it in the header\r\nsection. In addition to text, you can include an image, document, or video file in the header.\r\nSee WhatsApp Media Attachments in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nBody\r\nThe body is the main section of your message. In addition to text, you can include variables and emoji to\r\npersonalize your message. You can also add data available in Engagement Data Extension to individualize\r\nyour conversation.\r\nWhen including variables, personalization fields {{1}}, {{2}}, {{3}}, and {{4}} are automatically added to\r\nthe body of your message. These fields use AMPscript strings and personalization tags and map to Data\r\nExtension columns after your template is approved.\r\nFooter\r\nThe footer appears after the message body. Include copy that complements your main template\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nmessage, such as an opt-out message. An opt-out message ensures that your customers have a way to\r\nleave your channel whenever they want. It also discourages users from blocking or reporting your\r\nbusiness when they don't want to receive more messages from you, which ensures a higher-quality rating\r\nfor your business.\r\nButtons\r\nInclude buttons in your message to increase engagement with your campaigns. Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement supports two button types: Call to Action and Quick Reply. A template message can include\r\nonly one button type.\r\nA Call to Action button invites a customer to perform an action outside of WhatsApp, such as calling a\r\nphone number or visiting a website. You can have one Call Phone Number button and one Visit Website\r\nbutton per template message. The Visit Website button can be static or dynamic.\r\nA Quick Reply button encourages a customer to reply to your message. For example, if you send a\r\ntemplate message asking your customer if they want to learn more about a special offer, you can include\r\nYes and No buttons. You can have up to three Quick Reply buttons per template message.\r\nWhatsApp Template Message Approval\r\nAfter you create a template, submit it for approval. Approval decisions can take up to 24 hours. When a\r\ndecision is made, a notification appears in your WhatsApp Manager, and your Business Manager admins\r\nreceive an email.\r\nIf the template is rejected, you can edit and resubmit it for approval or appeal the decision. Appeals\r\nmust include a sample. For more information, see Meta's Message Templates guidelines.\r\nConsiderations\r\n•\r\nA template's status can change based on a review decision, appeal outcome, or updated quality rating.\r\n•\r\nOnly message templates with an active status are imported into Content Builder for personalization,\r\nsent to customers, and available for journeys.\r\n•\r\nIf an active template's status is changed to In Review or Rejected, all active journeys using the\r\ntemplate fail to send the message.\r\n•\r\nIf an approved template's status changes to Disabled, edit and resubmit it for approval.\r\n•\r\nYou must resubmit an edited template for approval. When resubmitted, its status is set to In Review.\r\nPersonalize Your WhatsApp Template Messages in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nAfter your template message is approved, you can personalize your messages using Content Builder.\r\n11.. In Content Builder, click Create.\r\n22.. In the dropdown, select Chat Messaging, and then select WhatsApp Template Message.\r\n33.. To see your approved templates, click Browse.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nTemplates created after July 12, 2024 include the WhatsApp Business account (WABA) ID in the file\r\nname.\r\n44.. Click the template you want to use, and click Select.\r\n55.. Select the language you want to use, and click Next.\r\n66.. Select the variables to use in your message.\r\nAfter approval, you can add only variables to the templates. You can't edit the rest of the message.\r\naa.. Complete the header using personalization tags or AMPscript.\r\nbb.. Complete the message body using personalization tags or AMPscript.\r\nPersonalization tags or variables can't be more than 60 characters for headers and 1,024 characters\r\nfor messages. Facebook rejects messages that exceed these limits.\r\ncc.. Add button text up to 20 characters.\r\n77.. Save your changes.\r\nNow your template messages are ready to send in Journey Builder.\r\nSend WhatsApp Template Messages in Journey Builder\r\nAfter you personalize your template messages, use Journey Builder to start sending.\r\nNote You can't use Journey Builder Engagement Splits and Campaigns with WhatsApp messages.\r\n11.. Click Create New Journey.\r\n22.. Click Build under Multi-Step Journey.\r\n33.. Drag your entry source onto the canvas. You can use Data Extension or API Event.\r\n44.. To configure your entry source, click it.\r\n55.. Click Summary.\r\n66.. Click Done.\r\n77.. Drag the WhatsApp Message activity onto the canvas.\r\n88.. To configure your message, click it.\r\n99.. Add an activity name and description.\r\n1100.. Click Select Message.\r\n1111.. In the Content Builder Messages screen, select the template message you want to use.\r\n1122.. Click Summary.\r\n1133.. Next to Message Configuration, click Edit.\r\n1144.. Select the App Channel that you want to use from the dropdown.\r\n1155.. Click Summary.\r\n1166.. Click Done.\r\n1177.. Configure the rest of your journey, and click Activate.\r\nEdit a WhatsApp Template Message\r\nAfter you edit a template message, resubmit it for approval. It can take up to 24 hours to receive a\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nresponse.\r\n11.. In Marketing Cloud Engagement, from the dropdown list for your active WhatsApp Business account,\r\nselect Message Templates.\r\n22.. In WhatsApp Business Manager, select the message template that you want to edit.\r\n33.. Edit the template's content.\r\n44.. To add a sample variable value or image, select the media type and upload your sample.\r\nThe sample appears only in the template preview. To add the file to your template message, go to\r\nContent Builder and follow the steps for adding a header in Create a WhatsApp Template Message for\r\nApproval in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n55.. Click Submit.\r\nIf your template approval is pending for more than 48 hours, contact Salesforce Support.\r\nCreate a WhatsApp Limited Time Offer Message\r\nEncourage quick action by sending limited-time offers using a WhatsApp Template message. For\r\nexample, announce a flash sale with a coupon code that expires at a specific date and time, encouraging\r\ncustomers to purchase right away.\r\nRREEQQUUIIRREEDD EEDDIITTIIOONNSS\r\nUSER PERMISSIONS NEEDED\r\nTo create messages: Marketing Cloud Administrator, Marketing Cloud\r\nChannel Manager, or Marketing Cloud Content\r\nEditor/Publisher\r\nTo manage journeys: Marketing Cloud Administrator, Marketing Cloud\r\nChannel Manager, or Marketing Cloud Content\r\nEditor/Publisher\r\nNote Limited Time Offer is supported only in accounts with Unified Messaging. For more\r\ninformation, contact your Account Executive.\r\nBefore you create a limited time offer message, complete these tasks.\r\n•\r\nRegister as a developer on the Meta Developer Registration page and set up a new app in the App\r\nDashboard.\r\n•\r\nTo send rich media, Upload Media Via Graph API.\r\n•\r\nCreate WhatsApp message template for limited time offers using APIs and specify header, body, and\r\nfooter for each card. For more information, see WhatsApp Business Account Message Templates.\r\n11.. In Content Builder, select Create | Chat Messaging | WhatsApp Template Message\r\n22.. To see your approved templates, click Browse.\r\n33.. Click the template you want to use, and click Select.\r\n44.. Select the language you want to use, and click Next.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n55.. Enter the body text and replace the variable values.\r\n66.. Enter when the offer expires, your preferred time zone, and a coupon code if applicable.\r\n77.. Save your changes.\r\nYour template message is ready to send in Journey Builder.\r\nSee Also\r\nExternal Site: Limited Time Offer\r\nCreate a WhatsApp Catalog Message\r\nEngage customers by sending a WhatsApp message featuring your product catalog and cart functionality,\r\nenabling them to easily place orders.\r\nRREEQQUUIIRREEDD EEDDIITTIIOONNSS\r\nUSER PERMISSIONS NEEDED\r\nTo create messages: Marketing Cloud Administrator, Marketing Cloud\r\nChannel Manager, or Marketing Cloud Content\r\nEditor/Publisher\r\nTo manage journeys: Marketing Cloud Administrator, Marketing Cloud\r\nChannel Manager, or Marketing Cloud Content\r\nEditor/Publisher\r\nNote Catalog messages are supported only in accounts with Unified Messaging. For more\r\ninformation, contact your Account Executive.\r\n11.. In Content Builder, select Create | Chat Messaging | WhatsApp Template Message.\r\n22.. Select the catalog template that you created in the WhatsApp Business management console.\r\n33.. Select the language you want to use, and click Next.\r\n44.. Save your changes.\r\nAfter you create a session message, add it to a journey. Events generated by reply messages are returned\r\nto Journey Builder as events. You can also retrieve details about these events in data extracts, Event\r\nNotification Service events, or Data 360 extracts. Responses for up to 100 products are supported within\r\nthe Catalog response.\r\nSee Also\r\nExternal Site: Catalog Templates\r\nExternal Site: Creating a Catalog\r\nCreate a WhatsApp Carousel Message\r\nSimplify complex information and guide customers through product demonstrations using the\r\ninteractive WhatsApp Carousel Template. For example, if a customer is interested in your apparel offers,\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nsend them a carousel featuring up to 10 selected items. Each item can include an image or video, offer\r\ndetails, and a Call to Action to streamline the buying process. This template supports up to 10 cards.\r\nRREEQQUUIIRREEDD EEDDIITTIIOONNSS\r\nUSER PERMISSIONS NEEDED\r\nTo create messages: Marketing Cloud Administrator, Marketing Cloud\r\nChannel Manager, or Marketing Cloud Content\r\nEditor/Publisher\r\nTo manage journeys: Marketing Cloud Administrator, Marketing Cloud\r\nChannel Manager, or Marketing Cloud Content\r\nEditor/Publisher\r\nNote Carousel messages are supported only in accounts with Unified \n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-04.md#0","file":"part-04.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/04-journeys-and-messages/part-04.md","heading":"part-04","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Journeys and Messages (part 4/4)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"239-489\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nconnected Marketing Cloud Engagement contacts. You can grant users access to create or edit Sales and\r\nService Cloud activities, except users with the Marketing Cloud Engagement Administrator role.\r\nSales Cloud activities use Salesforce SOAP API to create, lookup, and update. There are three options\r\nwhen you configure an activity: Create, Simple Update, and Find and Update. A successful create or\r\nupdate stores the generated record ID as output data for the activity that you can access through\r\nJourney Data.\r\nActivities are asynchronous. It's possible that an update to Sales Cloud isn't instantaneous depending on\r\nthe number of updates that you're making. Allow up to 24 hours to process the update. Only failures\r\nwith UNABLE_TO_LOCK_ROW errors are retried up to 10 times.\r\nActivities use the same version of Salesforce SOAP API as the Marketing Cloud Connector.\r\nWhen you copy a Sales or Service Cloud activity, you must configure the activity again.\r\nUse activities to perform these actions.\r\n•\r\nCreate a lead when an Engagement contact enters a journey.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n•\r\nUpdate a lead based on engagement within a journey.\r\n•\r\nCreate a CRM contact record when an Engagement contact reaches the activity.\r\n•\r\nUpdate a CRM contact record with Engagement contact data.\r\n•\r\nUpdate a custom object based on engagement within a journey.\r\n•\r\nIn some configurations, you can select to email the user who has been assigned to the object.\r\n•\r\nCreate a task when another object, such as a lead or contact, enters a journey.\r\n•\r\nAssociate a case or task to an account.\r\n•\r\nUpdate a task based on a contact or lead's response in a journey.\r\n•\r\nUpdate a person or business account.\r\nSales and Service Cloud Activity Types\r\nNote To configure or activate a journey that includes this type of activity, your user account must\r\nhave a role assigned with these permissions allowed:\r\n•\r\nEmail | Integrations | Salesforce CRM\r\n•\r\nJourney Builder | Sales and Service Cloud\r\n\r\n| Object activity | Creates or updates a standard Salesforce object record, such as a lead, task, or custom object, when a contact in the journey reaches this activity. Use this activity to create or update a standard Salesforce object record, such as a lead or task, or a custom object record. |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Campaign Member activity | Creates a connection between campaigns, contacts, and leads, which helps define a relationship to the status within a campaign. Use this activity to track important moments of engagement throughout the journey. |\r\n| Convert Lead activity | Converts qualified leads from the Sales and Service Cloud into a contact or account. This activity schedules important actions, such as assigning a lead owner, creating an opportunity or task, and changing the lead's conversion status. |\r\n| Task activity | Creates a task in Sales and Service Cloud for each Engagement contact that reaches this activity. For more information, see Marketing Cloud Connect. |\r\n| Account activity | Creates or updates an account in Sales and Service Cloud for each contact that reaches this activity. If you have a Person Account, you can create or update both Business and Person |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n\r\n|  | Account activities. To learn more about how to configure activities with Person Accounts, see Use Person Accounts with Sales and Service Cloud Activities. |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Contact activity | Creates or updates a contact from Sales or Service Cloud using Sales or Service Cloud data brought into a journey or Engagement contact data. |\r\n| Case activity | Creates a case and associates it to the Sales and Service Cloud contact that matches the Engagement contact's ID. Or create a Sales and Service Cloud contact to relate to the case. |\r\n| Lead activity | Creates or updates a lead from Sales or Service Cloud using Sales or Service Cloud data brought into a journey or Engagement contact data. |\r\n| Opportunity activity | Creates an opportunity record in the Sales and Service Cloud. Use Engagement contact attributes to populate the fields in the opportunity record, or populate each record with fixed values you choose. |\r\n| Legacy activities | These Sales and Service Cloud canvas activities appear in old journeys but are no longer available to use in new journeys. |\r\n\r\nAccount Activity in Journey Builder\r\nTo create or update an account in Sales or Service Cloud based on attribute relationships, use the\r\nAccount activity in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Journey Builder app. Populate Sales or Service\r\nCloud account fields with Marketing Cloud Engagement attributes, other values from the journey, or\r\nwith fixed values you designate.\r\nCampaign Member Activity in Journey Builder\r\nThe Campaign Member activity in Journey Builder provides a connection between campaigns,\r\ncontacts, and leads. This connection helps define a relationship between the contact or lead and the\r\nstatus within a campaign. Use the Campaign Member activity to track important moments of\r\nengagement throughout the journey.\r\nContact Activity in Journey Builder\r\nUse the Contact Activity in Journey Builder to create or update a Sales and Service Cloud contact\r\nbased on attribute relationships. Or populate Sales and Service Cloud contacts with values from\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement attributes.\r\nConvert Lead Activity\r\nUse the Convert Lead activity in Journey Builder to convert qualified leads from Sales and Service\r\nCloud into a contact or an account. Assign a lead owner and notify that person via email. Create an\r\nopportunity and task.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\nObject Activity in Journey Builder\r\nUse the Object activity in Journey Builder to create or update a Sales or Service Cloud record in an\r\nobject. You can also use this activity to create or update a custom object.\r\nTask Activity\r\nUse the Task activity to create a Sales or Service Cloud task with pre-populated field values. Connect\r\nJourney Builder and contacts, leads, and tasks. Create or update a Sales or Service Cloud task for a\r\ncontact or lead that reaches this journey activity. The activity assigns tasks to the contact or lead\r\nowner, Salesforce System user, or a custom-defined user.\r\nSales and Service Cloud Legacy Activities in Journey Builder\r\nThese Sales and Service Cloud canvas activities appear in old journeys but are no longer available as\r\noptions for new journey activities.\r\nBest Practices for Integration Activity Fields\r\nSales and Service Cloud activities follow a similar configuration workflow. Consider these tips during\r\nconfiguration.\r\nSales and Service Cloud Activity Field Validation and Error Handling\r\nReview the requirements for Sales and Service Cloud activity field values. Incorrect field values can\r\ncause activity errors in Journey Builder.\r\nJourney Builder Sales and Service Cloud Best Practices\r\nReview these best practices to prevent a Sales or Service Cloud activity from negatively impacting your\r\naccount. Adhering to these practices can reduce impact on other journeys in your enterprise and\r\nimprove processing times.\r\nSee Also\r\nJourney Builder Sales and Service Cloud Best Practices\r\nMarketing Cloud Connect\r\nAccount Activity in Journey Builder\r\nTo create or update an account in Sales or Service Cloud based on attribute relationships, use the\r\nAccount activity in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Journey Builder app. Populate Sales or Service\r\nCloud account fields with Marketing Cloud Engagement attributes, other values from the journey, or with\r\nfixed values you designate.\r\nCreate an Account Activity in Journey Builder\r\nCreate a Sales or Service Cloud account activity in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nUpdate an Account Activity in Journey Builder\r\nYou can update a Sales or Service Cloud account through a Journey Builder activity in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nCreate an Account Activity in Journey Builder\r\nCreate a Sales or Service Cloud account activity in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. In Journey Builder, drag the Object activity onto the canvas and click Configure.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n22.. Select Create New.\r\n33.. Select fields from the Account object and assign them values.\r\nUse static values, Marketing Cloud Engagement attributes, or fields from other Sales or Service Cloud\r\nobjects.\r\n44.. Enter a name, and save your changes.\r\nUpdate an Account Activity in Journey Builder\r\nYou can update a Sales or Service Cloud account through a Journey Builder activity in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\n11.. Select the object to update.\r\n22.. If the journey data includes the object record that you're updating, click Simple Update, or click Find\r\nand Update.\r\nFind and Update requires that you have an Account ID in your journey or a Marketing Cloud attribute.\r\nYou can also choose what happens when multiple matching records or no records are found. Use the\r\nSimple Update option when there already is an Account object in the journey.\r\n33.. Map fields using a static value, Marketing Cloud Engagement attributes, or fields from other Sales or\r\nService Cloud objects in the journey.\r\n44.. (Optional) Enter an optional name.\r\n55.. Save your work.\r\nCampaign Member Activity in Journey Builder\r\nThe Campaign Member activity in Journey Builder provides a connection between campaigns, contacts,\r\nand leads. This connection helps define a relationship between the contact or lead and the status within\r\na campaign. Use the Campaign Member activity to track important moments of engagement throughout\r\nthe journey.\r\nFor example, a welcome campaign for a new customer uses the Campaign Member activity to update\r\nstatus on the contact record based on engagement splits. These splits include whether the contact\r\nclicked certain links or made a purchase.\r\nCreate a Campaign Member Activity in Journey Builder\r\nConfigure a campaign member activity in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Journey Builder app.\r\nCreate a Campaign Member Activity in Journey Builder\r\nConfigure a campaign member activity in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Journey Builder app.\r\nTo create a record using the Campaign Member activity, a Campaign ID and either a Contact ID or a Lead\r\nID are required.\r\n11.. Drag the Campaign Member activity onto the canvas.\r\n22.. Click Create New.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Journeys and Messages\r\n33.. Select and configure the Marketing Cloud Engagement attributes or Sales or Service Cloud fields to\r\nupdate.\r\n44.. Enter a name and save.\r\nWhen mapping fields, you can't edit the optional Status field until you select a Campaign ID because\r\ndifferent campaigns can have different statuses.\r\nContact Activity in Journey Builder\r\nUse the Contact Activity in Journey Builder to create or update a Sales and Service Cloud contact based\r\non attribute relationships. Or populate Sales and Service Cloud contacts with values from Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement attributes.\r\nCreate a Contact Activity in Journey Builder\r\nCreate a Sales or Service Cloud contact through the Contact Activity in Journey Builder.\r\nUpdate a Contact Activity in Journey Builder\r\nModify a Sales and Service Cloud Contact activity in Journey Builder.\r\nCreate a Contact Activity in Journey Builder\r\nCreate a Sales or Service Cloud contact through the Contact Activity in Journey Builder.\r\n11.. Drag the Contact activity onto the canvas, and click Configure.\r\n22.. Click Create New.\r\n33.. Map the contact object fields using a static value, Marketing Cloud Engagement attributes, or fields\r\nfrom other Sales or Service Cloud objects in the journey.\r\nSome fields are required.\r\n44.. Optionally, enter a name, and then save\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/05-behavioral-triggers.md#0","file":"05-behavioral-triggers.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/05-behavioral-triggers.md","heading":"05-behavioral-triggers","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Behavioral Triggers\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"490-495\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nBehavioral Triggers\r\n\r\n| Error Message | Issue or Possible Solution |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| configuration for Execute is valid JSON and conforms to Journey Builder workflow document. | JSON and conforms to Journey Builder workflow document. |\r\n| Can't parse the returned data required for the REST activity. | Verify the response being returned from the executed endpoint is valid JSON. |\r\n| Can't parse the payload. Confirm JSON conforms to Journey Builder workflow document. | Confirm config.json is valid JSON and conforms to the Journey Builder workflow document. |\r\n| Validation failed for (URI). Use https:// for POST | Verify that the executed endpoint uses https and has a valid SSL certificate. |\r\n| REST response outArgument doesn't match the specified data type (argumentName). | Verify the outArgument provided in the response body matches the data type specified in the config.json. |\r\n| Update Contact |  |\r\n| Missing required fields. | Add the required data to the activity configuration. |\r\n| Target data extension was deleted. | Reconfigure activity to use an active data extension. |\r\n| Primary Key violated on insert. | Contact Data exists for the specified data extension for contact. |\r\n| Activity timed out. | -- |\r\n\r\nSee Also\r\nView Recent Contacts by Activity\r\nBehavioral Triggers\r\nUse Marketing Cloud Engagement to reach customers who abandon unpurchased items or services.\r\nConfigure the flow of this behavioral data into the data extensions for email sends and journeys. Using\r\nbehavioral data this way is called Behavioral Triggers.\r\nSalesforce Services isn't required for basic abandoned cart, browse, and wishlist use cases. Your\r\ncustomers and their partners can set them up. Behavioral Triggers is free for Pro, Corporate, and\r\nEnterprise Editions and uses Amazon Web Services. Behavioral data extensions store the data for 30 days.\r\nTo configure the Journeys or Automations, contact Marketing Cloud Engagement support. The level of\r\nsupport varies on each customer's data model.\r\nIf you already paid for an Abandoned Cart audience file, you can still use audience files until a customer\r\nrequests that they're turned off. Customers can't use both legacy audience files and Behavioral Triggers\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Behavioral Triggers\r\nfor the same use case. A customer using an abandoned cart audience file can't enable an abandoned\r\ncard trigger in Behavioral Triggers.\r\nTo get started, select Behavioral Triggers from the Journey Builder nav menu.\r\nBehavioral Triggers Prerequisites\r\nTo implement Behavioral Triggers, first install Collect Tracking Code and upload a product catalog.\r\nCreate a Behavioral Trigger\r\nSet up a behavioral trigger to map data to a target data extension when a user takes a particular\r\naction, such as abandoning a cart or browser session. The target data extension name displays on the\r\nBehavioral Triggers dashboard after you create the trigger.\r\nEdit a Behavioral Trigger\r\nUpdate a behavioral trigger to include a different suppression period or suppression rule time frame.\r\nPause a Behavioral Trigger\r\nTo stop a behavioral trigger from directing engagement data to your target data extension, pause the\r\ntrigger.\r\nResume a Behavioral Trigger\r\nTo restart a behavioral trigger so it begins directing engagement data to your target data extension,\r\nresume a paused trigger.\r\nSet Behavioral Trigger Session Timeout Limit\r\nConfigure the Behavioral Triggers app to observe a session timeout limit that you set. This timeout\r\nlimit dictates how long a customer's session lasts before it's considered abandoned.\r\nCreate a Behavior Trigger Email\r\nAfter you create a Behavioral Trigger in Content Builder, you can create an email based on that trigger.\r\nBehavioral Triggers Optional Features\r\nUse Behavioral Triggers to reach customers who abandon unpurchased items or services in their cart\r\nin Marketing Cloud Engagement (Einstein).\r\nBehavioral Triggers Prerequisites\r\nTo implement Behavioral Triggers, first install Collect Tracking Code and upload a product catalog.\r\nBehavioral Triggers Requirements\r\n•\r\nA catalog of assets used to sync with user behavioral data and determine which recommendations to\r\nshow.\r\n•\r\nCollect Tracking Code used to monitor key variables and events on your website at the user level.\r\nYou can import one file for each catalog type.\r\nTip Your web admin can help you to configure and install Collect Tracking Code and required data\r\nfeeds.\r\nSee Also\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Behavioral Triggers\r\nCatalog\r\nCollect Tracking Code\r\nCreate a Behavioral Trigger\r\nSet up a behavioral trigger to map data to a target data extension when a user takes a particular action,\r\nsuch as abandoning a cart or browser session. The target data extension name displays on the Behavioral\r\nTriggers dashboard after you create the trigger.\r\n11.. In the Behavioral Triggers app, click New Trigger.\r\n22.. Choose the customer action that is logged in the target data extension when the action occurs.\r\n33.. Click Next.\r\n44.. Set the suppression period and suppression rule.\r\n55.. Click Next.\r\n66.. Review and save your settings.\r\nThe trigger appears on the Behavioral Triggers dashboard. Note the data extension name so you can\r\nselect it to power a journey or email send.\r\nEdit a Behavioral Trigger\r\nUpdate a behavioral trigger to include a different suppression period or suppression rule time frame.\r\n11.. In the Behavioral Triggers app, click next to a trigger.\r\n22.. Click Edit.\r\n33.. Update the suppression period or suppression rule time frame.\r\n44.. Click Save.\r\nPause a Behavioral Trigger\r\nTo stop a behavioral trigger from directing engagement data to your target data extension, pause the\r\ntrigger.\r\n11.. In the Behavioral Triggers app, click next to a trigger.\r\n22.. Click Pause.\r\nThe trigger's status updates.\r\nResume a Behavioral Trigger\r\nTo restart a behavioral trigger so it begins directing engagement data to your target data extension,\r\nresume a paused trigger.\r\n11.. In the Behavioral Triggers app, click next to a paused trigger.\r\n22.. Click Resume.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Behavioral Triggers\r\nThe trigger's status updates.\r\nSet Behavioral Trigger Session Timeout Limit\r\nConfigure the Behavioral Triggers app to observe a session timeout limit that you set. This timeout limit\r\ndictates how long a customer's session lasts before it's considered abandoned.\r\nNote Custom session timeout limits aren't supported.\r\n11.. In the Behavioral Triggers app, click .\r\n22.. Select a timeout limit.\r\n33.. Click Save.\r\nCreate a Behavior Trigger Email\r\nAfter you create a Behavioral Trigger in Content Builder, you can create an email based on that trigger.\r\nIncorporate the data from the Behavioral Trigger data extension (DE) for the Behavioral Trigger Content\r\nBlock to work. Using other audiences generates an error.\r\n11.. Create the email.\r\n22.. To dynamically add abandoned items into the body of the email, drag the items over the Behavioral\r\nTrigger Content Block.\r\nEmail recipients get a personalized message. Two schedules factor in: the session timeout and the\r\nautomation schedule. Session timeout is the period of inactivity that means a session is abandoned.\r\nMarketers can configure this period in the Behavioral Triggers application, and it can be as short as 15\r\nminutes.\r\nAfter the session times out, a Behavioral Trigger writes the event to a data extension in near real time.\r\nThen, the next time your Behavioral Trigger Journey or automation runs, the Behavioral Trigger\r\nprocesses this record. For example, with a session timeout of 30 minutes and an hourly automation\r\nschedule, a subscriber gets their Behavioral Trigger message 31-91 minutes after their last click.\r\n33.. To include items in the email, set the maximum number of items. The default is 10.\r\nTip If the customer browsed 50 items, don't show all 50 in the email.\r\n44.. For the marketer to select the most relevant items to show, select the DE column.\r\nThe Max columns increment dynamically and collapse.\r\n55.. To show items in the email such as image name or price, choose the fields.\r\nOn the Styling tab, when a field is added, the Behavioral Trigger dynamically adds a class in the Styling\r\ntab for the sales price. Marketers can add standard CSS to change that.\r\nThe HTML tab shows a sample markup that the user can't edit because the data is added dynamically.\r\nBehavioral Triggers shows the HTML so that the user can see how to style the email.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Behavioral Triggers\r\nNote Don't modify the BT DE schema. You can add extra fields, but they must be nullable.\r\nBehavioral Triggers Optional Features\r\nUse Behavioral Triggers to reach customers who abandon unpurchased items or services in their cart in\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement (Einstein).\r\nRREEQQUUIIRREEDD EEDDIITTIIOONNSS\r\nAvailable in Marketing Cloud Engagement Messaging and Journeys Pro, Corporate, and Enterprise\r\neditions.\r\nHorizontal vs Vertical Layout\r\nTo display product information to your customers, you can use either a horizontal or a vertical view.\r\nHorizontal:\r\nIn a horizontal layout, images and text are side by side. The picture of the selected item is on the left, and\r\nthe text describing the item is on the right.\r\nVertical:\r\n\r\nEngagement: Journey Builder and Automation Studio Behavioral Triggers\r\nIn a vertical layout, images are above the text.\r\nUse Current Cart Feature\r\nThis feature reflects the cart at the time the message is sent. If the user edits the cart, the message\r\nremains in its original state and isn't updated.\r\nIf the check box isn't selected, the message reflects the items that were originally abandoned.\r\nRating Stars Feature\r\nSelect the rating field in the catalog so that your customers can use the rating stars feature. Customers\r\ncan rate products on a scale of four to ten. And they can view the products sorted by their ratings from\r\nlowest to highest or highest to lowest. Marketers can show a product's average rating. The product\r\ncatalog must contain this information. To build the rating visualization, indicate the maximum rating\r\nvalue.\r\nStyling Tab\r\n•\r\nCustomers can change the color of the actual stars from the specified class.\r\nHow to Use Reference Data\r\nAMPscript variables contain data about items in the original cart initialized for example\r\nitem_<field_name>_<index>\r\nIf the user has an updated cart, the updated cart is stored in the field, for example\r\n@cart_<field_name>_<index>","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Engagement Journey Builder And Automation Studio\r\n\r\n- **Source PDF:** `engagement_journey_builder_and_automation_studio_4-6-2026.pdf`\r\n- **Pages:** 495\r\n- **Extracted:** 2026-04-06","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-journey-builder-and-automation-studio/README.md","heading":"Table of contents (from PDF)","body":"*Section files use **printed** page numbers from the PDF footer; `pdf_pages` in each file is the **PDF file** page range.*\r\n\r\n- [Journeys and Automations in Marketing Cloud Engagement](01-journeys-and-automations-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 1; starts ~PDF p. 5)\r\n- [Email Client Privacy and Non-Subscriber Activity in Marketing Cloud Engagement Email and Journeys](02-email-client-privacy-and-non-subscriber-activity-in-marketing-cloud-engagement-e.md) (printed p. 2; starts ~PDF p. 6)\r\n- [Automation Studio](03-automation-studio/README.md) (printed p. 2; starts ~PDF p. 6)\r\n- [Journeys and Messages](04-journeys-and-messages/README.md) (printed p. 235; starts ~PDF p. 239)\r\n- [Behavioral Triggers](05-behavioral-triggers.md) (printed p. 486; starts ~PDF p. 490)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/01-mobile-studio-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"01-mobile-studio-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/01-mobile-studio-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"01-mobile-studio-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Mobile Studio in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"5-5\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\n|  | Engagement: Mobile Studio |  |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n\r\nReach customers on any mobile device with personalized mobile messaging.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/02-groupconnect.md#0","file":"02-groupconnect.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/02-groupconnect.md","heading":"02-groupconnect","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"GroupConnect\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-32\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nGroupConnect\r\nGroupConnect\r\nUse GroupConnect to send messages to contacts via messaging apps. Currently, GroupConnect supports\r\nthe LINE mobile messaging app and Facebook Messenger (available only via chat messaging API). The\r\nLINE app is integrated into Content Builder and Journey Builder. Use GroupConnect to create and send\r\nmessages, manage contact subscriptions, and review messaging activities.\r\nGet Started with GroupConnect\r\nIf you have administrative rights in GroupConnect, get started with GroupConnect by adding LINE\r\nchannels within the Setup app.\r\nGet Started with GroupConnect\r\nIf you have administrative rights in GroupConnect, get started with GroupConnect by adding LINE\r\nchannels within the Setup app.\r\nBefore you add a LINE Channel, gather this data from the LINE Developer Console:\r\n•\r\nLINE Channel ID\r\n•\r\nLINE Channel Secret\r\n11.. In the app switcher, hover over your name and click Setup.\r\n22.. Search for LINE.\r\n33.. Click Register New.\r\n44.. Add the LINE Channel ID.\r\n55.. Name your LINE channel.\r\n66.. Add the LINE Channel Secret.\r\n77.. Click Save.\r\nNote After you've registered a new channel, it can take up to 30 minutes before you can send\r\nmessages.\r\nEdit or Deactivate a LINE Channel\r\nIf you have administrative rights in GroupConnect, you can edit or deactivate LINE channels within the\r\nSetup app.\r\nEdit or Deactivate a LINE Channel\r\nIf you have administrative rights in GroupConnect, you can edit or deactivate LINE channels within the\r\nSetup app.\r\nImportant Before you deactivate a LINE channel, ensure that there are no active journeys or\r\nautomations on the channel. Deactivation of a LINE channel with active journeys or automations\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio GroupConnect\r\ncauses errors. Once a channel is deactivated, it cannot be reinstated.\r\n11.. In the app switcher, hover over your name and click Setup.\r\n22.. Search for GroupConnect.\r\n33.. To edit the name or other values of a LINE channel, click the channel and make your edits.\r\nNote You can't edit the channel ID. If there's a mistake in the channel ID, deactivate the channel\r\nand create another one.\r\n44.. To deactivate, click the down arrow next to the channel and click Deactivate.\r\n55.. To complete deactivations, click Confirm on the warning message that displays.\r\nAdd and Manage Contacts\r\nUse the Contacts feature in GroupConnect to view and interact with GroupConnect-related contact\r\ninformation for a contact. Use the contact information made available by Contacts to GroupConnect to\r\nbetter segment and target the correct audience for your messaging.\r\nContact Builder, an app external to GroupConnect, gives you greater control over the contact\r\ninformation available to GroupConnect. Use Contact Builder to determine which information\r\nGroupConnect can access and to manage the data relationships among your attribute groups and data\r\nextensions.\r\nThe Contacts feature uses system tables to store this information: the GroupConnect LINE Demographics\r\ntable and the GroupConnect LINE Subscriptions table. The system tables also contain an automatically\r\nincremented identity column used for the primary key. Add more attributes for your contacts to include\r\ncustom information for sending messages. The information in the system tables cannot be queried or\r\nexported.\r\nAdd Contacts to GroupConnect\r\nAdd GroupConnect Contacts to your LINE Address ID.\r\nYou can add GroupConnect contacts using Contact Import in Contact Builder or by using Contacts API.\r\nIn Contacts Import, select the feature and use Import to a List to create the Import Definition. To use\r\nthis definition, upload your contact file to your Marketing Cloud Engagement FTP location.\r\nContact Considerations\r\n•\r\nIf an import has multiple ContactKeys for the same LINE Address ID, the system keeps one ContactKey\r\nand the remaining ContactKeys are orphaned.\r\n•\r\nIn Import Clean-up, create a DataView (MobileLineOrphanContactView) with orphaned ContactKeys.\r\nYou can use Automation Studio to import these contacts into a data extension and use the data\r\nextension to trigger the contact delete process.\r\n•\r\nWhen you import a new ContactKey for an existing LINE Address ID, if there are no other subscriber\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio GroupConnect\r\nrecords associated with the old ContactKey such as email address, phone number, different LINE\r\naddress, then billable Contact count remains the same. If another subscription is tied to the old\r\nContactKey, the billable Contact count increases.\r\n•\r\nWhen you change the ContactKey associated with a LINE Address ID, refresh your audiences before\r\nsending a message if the filter is using the ContactKey value. Before you send Journey Builder\r\nmessages, update the journey entry data extensions to prevent a send fail.\r\n•\r\nIf a contact is included twice in an import, which ContactKey is applied isn't guaranteed.\r\n•\r\nUse the GroupConnect LINE Contact import feature for Update only.\r\nSee Also\r\nContact Builder in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nPrompt a Contact to Follow Your Account\r\nPrompt a Contact to Follow Your Account\r\nSteps to prompt a contact to follow your account and send attribute information using the Follow\r\ntemplate in GroupConnect. You can use only one active follow message per account. To use another\r\nfollow message, inactivate the current follow message. Any user who follows your account sees these\r\nmessages.\r\nInclude this content when you edit your messages by clicking Add Content:\r\n•\r\nText + Emoji: Includes all characters specified by the UTF-8 standard. The LINE app allows up to 1024\r\ncharacters per message.\r\n•\r\nMedia: Includes images stored in your portfolio. The LINE app allows JPEG images up to 200 KB.\r\n•\r\nRich Message: Includes a combination of images and URLs and text for mobile devices that do not\r\nsupport rich messages. Use AMPscript to customize links.\r\n•\r\nSticker: Includes images provided by the messaging app.\r\n•\r\nDynamic Image: Includes a message pulled from a data extension via AMPscript or a URL. This feature\r\nallows you to include images in your message based on contact attributes. Dynamic Image allows a\r\nmaximum image size of 1024 by 1024 pixels in JPEG format. The preview allows a maximum image\r\nsize of 240 by 240 pixels in JPEG format.\r\nNote When you create a data extension to use with this message, set all fields to not require values.\r\nMultiple required fields cause an error in saving records.\r\n11.. Enter a name for the message.\r\n22.. Select the account.\r\n33.. Edit the follow confirmation message. This message lets subscribers know that they subscribed\r\nsuccessfully.\r\n44.. Select the attribute to capture.\r\n55.. Edit the message used to capture the attribute.\r\n66.. Edit the error message to display if there is an issue capturing the attribute.\r\n77.. Select additional attributes to capture.\r\n88.. Edit the attribute capture confirmation message.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio GroupConnect\r\n99.. Move to the next page.\r\n1100.. Review and activate the message.\r\nNote If a contact responds with a sticker instead of with text, the message pauses until it receives a\r\ntext response or the message conversation times out. Because emojis use standard text characters\r\ninterpreted by browsers and programs, GroupConnect stores these values as a valid response. You\r\ncan filter on emoji values as part of your messaging activities.\r\nSee Also\r\nAdd Contacts to GroupConnect\r\nCreate a Filtered List of Contacts\r\nUse a filtered list in GroupConnect to send messages to a specific audience based on their\r\ndemographics. A filtered list includes contacts filtered on their demographic or interest data, such as zip\r\ncode, income, products purchased, or birth date. You can also use filtered lists as suppression lists to\r\nexclude a specific audience from messages.\r\n11.. In GroupConnect, click Contacts.\r\n22.. Click Lists.\r\n33.. Create the list.\r\n44.. Navigate to an attribute within the attributes folders.\r\n55.. Drag the attribute into the filter section.\r\n66.. Set the filter operator and value. For example, enter ZIP Code equals 46202 to target subscribers from\r\na section of Indianapolis.\r\n77.. Repeat for any additional attributes to add to the filter.\r\n88.. Click the AND drop-down to switch between AND and OR for the attributes within the filter. AND\r\nindicates that contacts must meet all the conditions for the filtered list. OR indicates that contacts\r\nmust meet any one of the conditions.\r\n99.. Drag attributes to rearrange. Click the rectangles next to those attributes to set up AND or OR values\r\nfor those attributes within the larger AND or OR value.\r\n1100.. Click Save & Build.\r\n1111.. Enter a name for the list.\r\n1122.. Select the format for the list.\r\n1133.. Save the list.\r\nManage Filtered Lists\r\nIn GroupConnect, edit a filtered list, refresh contacts, duplicate, and delete.\r\n11.. In GroupConnect, click Contacts.\r\n22.. Click Lists.\r\n33.. Select a filtered list to manage.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio GroupConnect\r\nEdit Filters\r\nEdit your filters in GroupConnect to create a filtered list of contacts.\r\n11.. Navigate to Contacts in GroupConnect and select the list to manage.\r\n22.. Click Edit.\r\n33.. To add attributes, drag them from Attributes folders into the Filter.\r\n44.. To delete an attribute, hover over it and click the trash can icon.\r\n55.. To edit an attribute, hover over it and click the pencil icon.\r\n66.. Click AND or OR to change how the attributes behave in the list.\r\n77.. Click Save & Refresh.\r\nDuplicate a List\r\nAfter you duplicate a filtered list in GroupConnect, you can change the name and other aspects of the\r\ncopy. Contacts automatically appends the name of the copy with \"Copy####.\"\r\n11.. Navigate to Contacts in GroupConnect and select the list to manage.\r\n22.. Click Copy List.\r\n33.. Edit the copy.\r\nDelete a List\r\nFollow these steps to delete a list in GroupConnect.\r\nNote Make sure that no automations use the list before you delete the list. Otherwise, the\r\nautomation fails to send.\r\n11.. Navigate to Contacts in GroupConnect and select the list to manage.\r\n22.. Click Delete List.\r\n33.. Confirm the deletion.\r\nRefresh Contacts\r\nManually refresh your filtered list of contacts in GroupConnect. Refresh adds or removes recently\r\nimported contacts.\r\n11.. Navigate to Contacts in GroupConnect and select the list to manage.\r\n22.. Click Refresh.\r\nMessages Types in GroupConnect\r\nLearn about the four different types of messages that you can create in GroupConnect.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio GroupConnect\r\nGroupConnect Message Types\r\nYou can create the following types of messages in GroupConnect.\r\n•\r\nFollow message - Use this message type to welcome new contacts and request attribute information.\r\n•\r\nOutbound message - Use this message type to send a message to a contact. Examples of this type of\r\nmessage include promotions, alerts, or rich media messages.\r\n•\r\nResponse message - Use this message type to automatically respond to a message sent by a contact,\r\nusing either a targeted or random message.\r\nYou can also create carousel and multi-content messages in Journey Builder or Contact Builder.\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate LINE Carousel Messages in Content Builder\r\nCreate the Carousel LINE Activity in Journey Builder\r\nCreate the Multi-Content Message LINE Activity in Journey Builder\r\nDynamically Add Emoji to a Message\r\nTo add an emoji dynamically in GroupConnect, use AMPscript. The condition determines which emoji is\r\nincluded in the message.\r\nRefer to the Emoji Values table in this document for a list of values.\r\nUse AMPscript\r\nAMPscript requires the use of escaped Unicode characters. This example AMPscript block places the\r\nescaped Unicode value into a variable that you can use to insert the correct emoji into a GroupConnect\r\nmessage. Include these values in AMPscript to substitute different emojis depending on how you assign\r\nthe values.\r\n%%[\r\n\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# MobileConnect\r\n\r\n- **Source:** `engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf` — PDF pages **33–128** (printed TOC section).\r\n- **Split:** 2 files (~2500 lines each) for easier search and AI context windows.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/README.md","heading":"Parts","body":"- [Part 1](part-01.md)\r\n- [Part 2](part-02.md)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/part-01.md#0","file":"part-01.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/part-01.md","heading":"part-01","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"MobileConnect (part 1/2)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"33-128\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMobileConnect\r\nrun GroupConnect reports.\r\nReview Outbound Message Activity\r\nAfter you send, schedule, or activate an outbound message in GroupConnect, review information about\r\nthat message's activity.\r\n11.. On the Overview screen, click the name of the outbound message.\r\n22.. Review the message's activity.\r\nOpt-ins and Opt-outs\r\nGroupConnect recognizes opt-ins and opt-outs based on information from the messaging app. The app\r\nprovides user information when the opt-in initially takes place, and GroupConnect stores that\r\ninformation in the contact record. If a contact opts out of receiving further information, the messaging\r\napp relays that opt-out to GroupConnect and deletes any applicable information from the contact\r\nrecord.\r\nGroupConnect Reports\r\nFour GroupConnect reports are available under Analytics Builder in Marketing Cloud Engagement. In\r\nAnalytics Builder, select Reports to run them.\r\n•\r\nGroupConnect LINE Outbound Message Report: Displays a summary of outbound messages sent to\r\nLINE followers within a specified date range.\r\n•\r\nGroupConnect LINE Triggered Sends Summary Report: Displays a summary of follow and response\r\nmessages sent to users within a specified date range.\r\n•\r\nMobile Chat Messaging Summary Report: Displays all chat messaging API activities for LINE and\r\nFacebook Messenger.\r\n•\r\nMobile Chat Messaging Journey Builder Activity Summary Report: Displays all Journey Builder activity\r\nrelated to LINE message sends.\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate a Standard Report in Analytics Builder\r\nGroupConnect LINE Outbound Message\r\nGroupConnect LINE Triggered Sends Summary\r\nMobile Chat Messaging Journey Builder Activity Summary Report\r\nMobile Chat Messaging Summary Report\r\nMobileConnect\r\nCreate, send, receive, and track SMS and MMS text messages using MobileConnect. Send alerts and\r\ntransactional messages to subscribers using templates and a drag-and-drop interface. Automatically\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\nrespond to incoming messages, manage keywords, and many other tasks.\r\nGet Started in MobileConnect\r\nA list of essential tasks to help you get started using MobileConnect.\r\nMobileConnect Account Administration\r\nAccess the send blockout, From name, headers and footers, subscription information, keywords, short\r\nand long codes, and other account-level settings in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup app by\r\nsearching for MobileConnect.\r\nImport and Manage Contacts\r\nUse contacts in Marketing Cloud Engagement to view and interact with MobileConnect-related\r\ncontact information.\r\nCreate Messages in MobileConnect\r\nUse one of the templates in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nManage Messages\r\nReview message activity in MobileConnect to determine which contacts received your message, where\r\nany errors occurred, and what changes to make to improve the effectiveness of your campaigns.\r\nMessage activity includes a summary of successful sends, sends with errors, and other information.\r\nGet Started in MobileConnect\r\nA list of essential tasks to help you get started using MobileConnect.\r\n11.. Prepare a list of contacts: Prepare a list of contacts in a .csv file with at least these fields: the mobile\r\nnumber, the two-letter country code, and the unique contact key, which is usually the mobile number.\r\nYou can also include first name, last name, and any other fields you need.\r\n22.. Import contacts: Import the .csv file into MobileConnect. If you want to group the contacts, you can\r\ncreate a list when you import, or you can import into all contacts without creating a list.\r\n33.. Create HELP keywords: Every MobileConnect account must have a HELP keyword so that people\r\nsending to or receiving messages from the account can request assistance. An admin must create the\r\nHELP keywords.\r\n44.. Review default STOP keywords: MobileConnect recognizes these keywords as immediate requests for\r\nglobal unsubscription: STOP, QUIT, CANCEL, END, UNSUBSCRIBE. An admin can also create custom\r\nSTOP keywords.\r\n55.. Create a new keyword for your message: A keyword for a message is the indicator used to conduct\r\nSMS and MMS exchanges between your account and mobile devices.\r\n66.. Create and send a message: To create and send your message, select one of the message templates.\r\nUnderstanding SMS Codes\r\nTo optimize deliverability and cost, use the correct sender ID for your campaigns based on your\r\ncountry's regulations. For international SMS service, use an international long code in transactional\r\nalerts and provide a separate opt-out option through a web form or call center.\r\nMobileConnect Guides for SMS Sending\r\nReview the MobileConnect SMS sending guidelines and restrictions for your country. The information\r\nprovided does not, and is not intended to, constitute legal advice. Instead, all information is for\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\ngeneral informational purposes only. Consult your own independent legal counsel for guidance on\r\nyour MobileConnect use cases and applicable legal and industry requirements.\r\nSMS Marketing Best Practices\r\nSMS is a great way to market your business. To drive success, plan early, comply with regulations, and\r\nfocus on delivering a trustworthy, personalized experience that protects your brand's reputation.\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate Messages in MobileConnect\r\nManage Messages\r\nImport and Manage Contacts\r\nUse Cases\r\nMessage Content Considerations\r\nUnderstanding SMS Codes\r\nTo optimize deliverability and cost, use the correct sender ID for your campaigns based on your country's\r\nregulations. For international SMS service, use an international long code in transactional alerts and\r\nprovide a separate opt-out option through a web form or call center.\r\n\r\n| Sender ID | Description | Use Cases | Considerations | Reply Support | Supported Regions |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Alphanumeric Code (Alpha Code or FromName) | The company or brand name used instead of a phone number. | One-way messaging and brand recognition. | • Requires preregistrati on. • Some countries restrict special characters or case- sensitive codes. | No | Europe and Asia |\r\n| Long Code | A 10-14 digit phone number that's used for SMS. | One-way and two-way messaging, such as transactional alerts and support. | • Some countries limit long codes to transactional use. • If used international | Yes | Latin America and India |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n\r\n| Sender ID | Description | Use Cases | Considerations | Reply Support | Supported Regions |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  |  |  | ly, carriers often overwrite the sender ID. |  |  |\r\n| Short Code | A 5-6 digits number used for sending high-volume, interactive messages. | Two-way messaging, such as campaigns, opt-ins, and promotional alerts. | • Requires carrier approval and provisioning. • Mandatory in some countries, such as France. • Setup varies from weeks to months. | Yes | United States and Canada |\r\n| International Long Code | A 10-digit phone number used for two- way communicatio n outside your country. | Sending in regions where regulations are lenient. | • Carriers often overwrite the sender ID, reducing brand visibility. • Higher costs and inconsistent delivery. | No | Latin America and Africa |\r\n\r\nFromName Registration and Guidelines\r\nBefore you start sending messages, register your FromName. Your account executive can help you with\r\nthe registration forms for most countries. In other countries, you can submit a signed letter from an\r\nauthorized signatory and a copy of your local trading license. Skipping preregistration can cause your\r\nmessages to be filtered or blocked, which harms SMS deliverability and brand recognition.\r\nFollow these guidelines when using FromName:\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n•\r\nFromNames must be 3 to 11 characters long and can't include special characters.\r\n•\r\nRegistered FromNames are case-sensitive, so use the exact registered format in MobileConnect Setup.\r\n•\r\nAvoid using generic terms, such as Sales, Offer, or Promotion.\r\n•\r\nIf you're using a brand name as your FromName, you must own the trademark and provide details to\r\nSalesforce and the carrier.\r\n•\r\nCheck your country's FromName guidelines.\r\nSending SMS with FromName\r\nIf your country supports an alphanumeric code, use a custom FromName instead of a numeric long\r\ncode. Using an international long code can lead to message blocking. In MobileConnect, you have the\r\noption to set the FromName for your account. For more information, see Set the MobileConnect\r\nAccount-Level From Name.\r\nSending SMS with International Long Code\r\nIf your country doesn't support FromName or local two-way codes, we recommend using a numeric\r\ninternational long code. This long code is sometimes preserved in the delivered messages, or it can be\r\noverwritten with a generic alpha or local (short or long) code. To ensure compliance and successful\r\ndelivery, use a sender ID that meets the regulations of the destination country. For more information, see\r\nRequest a Location-Specific Sending Code.\r\nManage Short Codes in the US and Canada\r\nTo get carrier approval in the US and Canada, work with Salesforce or an approved partner to complete\r\nthe Campaign Approval Form (CAF), sign the contract, and complete all necessary business agreements.\r\nIf you have questions about partner options, costs, or implementation, contact your account executive.\r\nSalesforce offers a range of services related to SMS codes. These services include setting up new short\r\ncodes, migrating codes to Marketing Cloud, and modifying your US short code campaigns. We can also\r\nhelp you integrate new program types and MMS functionality.\r\nAlign Sender ID with SMS Campaigns\r\nTo adhere to compliance guidelines, build customer trust, and improve deliverability, choose the right\r\nsender ID for your SMS campaigns based on message type.\r\nAlign Sender ID with SMS Campaigns\r\nTo adhere to compliance guidelines, build customer trust, and improve deliverability, choose the right\r\nsender ID for your SMS campaigns based on message type.\r\nNote Using the same code for transactional and marketing messages isn't allowed in some\r\ncountries. Contact your Salesforce or aggregator representative for guidance.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\nUsing separate SMS sender IDs helps users opt out of marketing messages without blocking important\r\nnotifications from your brand. This method meets regulations for easy opt-outs, and carriers are less\r\nlikely to filter messages. You can also measure the performance and user engagement of each message\r\ntype. This table shows the appropriate sender ID to use for different SMS types.\r\n\r\n| Message Type | Sender ID |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Transactional (OTPs, receipts, appointments) | Dedicated Short or Long Code |\r\n| Alerts (outages or shipping status) | Long Code or FromName (Alpha) |\r\n| Promotions (sales, coupons) | Short Code or FromName |\r\n\r\nMobileConnect Guides for SMS Sending\r\nReview the MobileConnect SMS sending guidelines and restrictions for your country. The information\r\nprovided does not, and is not intended to, constitute legal advice. Instead, all information is for general\r\ninformational purposes only. Consult your own independent legal counsel for guidance on your\r\nMobileConnect use cases and applicable legal and industry requirements.\r\nPublished Guides\r\n\r\n| Country | Guide Status |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Albania | Albania SMS Guide |\r\n| Algeria | Algeria SMS Guide |\r\n| Argentina | Argentina SMS Guide |\r\n| Australia | Australia SMS Guide |\r\n| Austria | Austria SMS Guide |\r\n| Bahrain | Bahrain SMS Guide |\r\n| Belarus | Belarus SMS Guide |\r\n| Belgium | Belgium SMS Guide |\r\n| Bosnia and Herzegovina | Bosnia and Herzegovina SMS Guide |\r\n| Brazil | Brazil SMS Guide |\r\n| Bulgaria | Bulgaria SMS Guide |\r\n| Canada | Canada SMS Guide |\r\n| Chile | C\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/part-02.md#0","file":"part-02.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/03-mobileconnect/part-02.md","heading":"part-02","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"MobileConnect (part 2/2)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"33-128\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n33.. Select a short or long code.\r\n44.. If applicable, select a From Name.\r\nA From Name sends your message to a customer's mobile device as if your business is one of the\r\ncustomer's contacts. Recipients can't directly respond to messages from a From Name.\r\n55.. To acknowledge that you allow your customers to opt out, select Opt-Out Availability.\r\n66.. Select a send method.\r\n••\r\nSchedule-Schedule a message for immediate or future sending.\r\n••\r\nAPI Trigger-Deploy a message via an API call.\r\n••\r\nAutomation-Create a message that sends via an automation in Automation Studio.\r\n77.. Select the audience.\r\n••\r\nFor SMS messages, select a data extension, select a list, or create a list.\r\n••\r\nFor MMS messages, select or create a list.\r\n88.. Enter the message.\r\n99.. Enter additional information, as necessary.\r\n1100.. Select a delivery method.\r\n••\r\nSend Immediately-Immediately sends your message to contacts who have opted in.\r\n••\r\nFuture/Recurring-Schedules your message to be sent once at a future date and time or on a\r\nrecurring schedule.\r\n1111.. Select advanced options, as necessary.\r\n••\r\nIf you use Timezone Specified by Contact, the time zone is based on the MobileConnect\r\nDemographics attributes. UTC Offset and Is Honor DST are required for each contact in Contact\r\nBuilder.\r\n••\r\nSend throttling limits the number of messages sent over a specified time period.\r\n••\r\nThe minimum throttle rate is 100 messages in a given time period.\r\nData Extension Sends\r\nImprove audience segmentation and filtering for your MobileConnect messages. Use attributes and\r\ninformation stored in Marketing Cloud Engagement data extensions.\r\nTo send to a data extension, select this audience type when you create a message. This audience type\r\nworks with the schedule or automation send methods only.\r\nData Extension Preparation\r\nCreate a data extension in Contact Builder with contact information. Data extensions appear in\r\nMobileConnect only if they meet these criteria:\r\n•\r\nMarked as sendable\r\n•\r\nContain only one phone field\r\n•\r\nContain only one locale field\r\n•\r\nSubscriber key, not subscriber ID, is used for the send relationship\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\nMobile Number Validation\r\nYou can send only to normalized mobile numbers with a locale. Normalizing a mobile number ensures\r\nthat the number is in the correct format. When you import mobile numbers into a data extension, select\r\nNormalize Phone Numbers on the Upload File step (even if you believe that the numbers are already\r\nnormalized). Include the five-character locale in your source file when you import contacts into your data\r\nextension.\r\nValid Locales for Data Extension Sends\r\nFor MobileConnect in Marketing Cloud Engagement, you can send only to data extensions whose\r\nmobile numbers include a locale. Review this list to ensure that your locales are valid. Include a locale\r\nwith each mobile number as part of the Phone field in your source file when you import contacts to\r\nyour data extension. Imported locales are converted to upper-case letters. Upper-case and lower-case\r\nletters are allowed for SMS sending.\r\nSee Also\r\nValid Locales for Data Extension Sends\r\nEmail Studio List Versus Email Studio Data Extension\r\nData Extensions in Contact Builder\r\nhttps://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=mktg.mc_cab_data_extensions_manage.htm\r\nValid Locales for Data Extension Sends\r\nFor MobileConnect in Marketing Cloud Engagement, you can send only to data extensions whose mobile\r\nnumbers include a locale. Review this list to ensure that your locales are valid. Include a locale with each\r\nmobile number as part of the Phone field in your source file when you import contacts to your data\r\nextension. Imported locales are converted to upper-case letters. Upper-case and lower-case letters are\r\nallowed for SMS sending.\r\n•\r\naf-za\r\n•\r\nam-et\r\n•\r\nar-ae\r\n•\r\nar-bh\r\n•\r\nar-dz\r\n•\r\nar-eg\r\n•\r\nar-iq\r\n•\r\nar-jo\r\n•\r\nar-kw\r\n•\r\nar-lb\r\n•\r\nar-ly\r\n•\r\nar-ma\r\n•\r\nar-om\r\n•\r\nar-qa\r\n•\r\nar-sa\r\n•\r\nar-sy\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n•\r\nar-tn\r\n•\r\nar-ye\r\n•\r\nas-in\r\n•\r\nba-ru\r\n•\r\nbe-by\r\n•\r\nbg-bg\r\n•\r\nbn-bd\r\n•\r\nbn-in\r\n•\r\nbo-cn\r\n•\r\nbr-fr\r\n•\r\nca-es\r\n•\r\nco-fr\r\n•\r\ncs-cz\r\n•\r\ncy-gb\r\n•\r\nda-dk\r\n•\r\nde-at\r\n•\r\nde-ch\r\n•\r\nde-de\r\n•\r\nde-li\r\n•\r\nde-lu\r\n•\r\ndv-mv\r\n•\r\nel-gr\r\n•\r\nen-au\r\n•\r\nen-bz\r\n•\r\nen-ca\r\n•\r\nen-gb\r\n•\r\nen-ie\r\n•\r\nen-in\r\n•\r\nen-jm\r\n•\r\nen-my\r\n•\r\nen-nz\r\n•\r\nen-ph\r\n•\r\nen-sg\r\n•\r\nen-tt\r\n•\r\nen-us\r\n•\r\nen-za\r\n•\r\nen-zw\r\n•\r\nes-ar\r\n•\r\nes-bo\r\n•\r\nes-cl\r\n•\r\nes-co\r\n•\r\nes-cr\r\n•\r\nes-do\r\n•\r\nes-ec\r\n•\r\nes-es\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n•\r\nes-gt\r\n•\r\nes-hn\r\n•\r\nes-mx\r\n•\r\nes-ni\r\n•\r\nes-pa\r\n•\r\nes-pe\r\n•\r\nes-pr\r\n•\r\nes-py\r\n•\r\nes-sv\r\n•\r\nes-us\r\n•\r\nes-uy\r\n•\r\nes-ve\r\n•\r\net-ee\r\n•\r\neu-es\r\n•\r\nfa-ir\r\n•\r\nfi-fi\r\n•\r\nfo-fo\r\n•\r\nfr-be\r\n•\r\nfr-ca\r\n•\r\nfr-ch\r\n•\r\nfr-fr\r\n•\r\nfr-lu\r\n•\r\nfr-mc\r\n•\r\nfy-nl\r\n•\r\nga-ie\r\n•\r\ngd-gb\r\n•\r\ngl-es\r\n•\r\ngu-in\r\n•\r\nhe-il\r\n•\r\nhi-in\r\n•\r\nhr-ba\r\n•\r\nhr-hr\r\n•\r\nhu-hu\r\n•\r\nhy-am\r\n•\r\nid-id\r\n•\r\nig-ng\r\n•\r\nii-cn\r\n•\r\nis-is\r\n•\r\nit-ch\r\n•\r\nit-it\r\n•\r\nja-jp\r\n•\r\nka-ge\r\n•\r\nkk-kz\r\n•\r\nkl-gl\r\n•\r\nkm-kh\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n•\r\nkn-in\r\n•\r\nko-kr\r\n•\r\nky-kg\r\n•\r\nlb-lu\r\n•\r\nlo-la\r\n•\r\nlt-lt\r\n•\r\nlv-lv\r\n•\r\nmi-nz\r\n•\r\nmk-mk\r\n•\r\nml-in\r\n•\r\nmn-mn\r\n•\r\nmr-in\r\n•\r\nms-bn\r\n•\r\nms-my\r\n•\r\nmt-mt\r\n•\r\nnb-no\r\n•\r\nne-np\r\n•\r\nnl-be\r\n•\r\nnl-nl\r\n•\r\nnn-no\r\n•\r\noc-fr\r\n•\r\nor-in\r\n•\r\npa-in\r\n•\r\npl-pl\r\n•\r\nps-af\r\n•\r\npt-br\r\n•\r\npt-pt\r\n•\r\nrm-ch\r\n•\r\nro-ro\r\n•\r\nru-ru\r\n•\r\nrw-rw\r\n•\r\nsa-in\r\n•\r\nse-fi\r\n•\r\nse-no\r\n•\r\nse-se\r\n•\r\nsi-lk\r\n•\r\nsk-sk\r\n•\r\nsl-si\r\n•\r\nsq-al\r\n•\r\nsv-fi\r\n•\r\nsv-se\r\n•\r\nsw-ke\r\n•\r\nta-in\r\n•\r\nte-in\r\n•\r\nth-th\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n•\r\ntk-tm\r\n•\r\ntn-za\r\n•\r\ntr-tr\r\n•\r\ntt-ru\r\n•\r\nug-cn\r\n•\r\nuk-ua\r\n•\r\nur-pk\r\n•\r\nvi-vn\r\n•\r\nwo-sn\r\n•\r\nxh-za\r\n•\r\nyo-ng\r\n•\r\nzh-cn\r\n•\r\nzh-hk\r\n•\r\nzh-mo\r\n•\r\nzh-sg\r\n•\r\nzh-tw\r\n•\r\nzu-za\r\nSee Also\r\nData Extension Sends\r\nCreate an Outbound Message in MobileConnect\r\nUse the Outbound Message template to create and send an SMS message to your subscribers in\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. On the MobileConnect Overview screen, click Create Message, and then select the Outbound\r\ntemplate.\r\n22.. Enter a name for the message.\r\n33.. Select the short or long code to use.\r\n44.. Select the send method.\r\n••\r\nTo send immediately or at a specified time, use Schedule.\r\n••\r\nTo send via the MobileConnect REST API, use API Trigger.\r\n••\r\nTo send as part of an automation in Automation Studio, use Automation.\r\n55.. Select the audience or create a list.\r\n66.. Exclude audiences, as necessary.\r\n77.. Enter the message text and click OK.\r\nIf you insert personalization strings or AMPscript, the character count isn't available.\r\n88.. Enter and review the rest of the information.\r\n99.. Set the delivery date and time.\r\n1100.. Schedule, send, or activate the message.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\nCreate a Text Response Message in MobileConnect\r\nUse the Text Response template to send an automatic response to incoming SMS messages with a\r\nspecific keyword in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. On the MobileConnect Overview screen, click Create Message.\r\n22.. Select the Text Response template.\r\n33.. Enter a name for the message.\r\n44.. Select the short or long code to use.\r\n55.. Select or create the keyword.\r\nNext Keyword responses must be a minimum of two characters.\r\nTip Select Default Keyword to use this message as the default for all responses. This message is\r\ntriggered if MobileConnect doesn't recognize the keyword. You can set only one default keyword\r\nmessage per short or long code. Default keyword messages apply to private short or long codes.\r\n66.. Move to the next page, and then enter the response and error messages.\r\n77.. To send a message to a specific group of subscribers, create an alternate response.\r\nTo send the alternate response to all subscribers, select Subscribed. To send the response to\r\nsubscribers based on a specific keyword, select the keyword.\r\n88.. Move to the next page, and then set the delivery date and time.\r\n99.. Schedule or send the message.\r\nSee Also\r\nUse Default Keyword\r\nCreate a Vote or Survey Message in MobileConnect\r\nInvite people to vote or respond to a one-question survey via SMS in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. On the MobileConnect Overview screen, click Create Message and select the Vote/Survey template.\r\n22.. Enter the message information and select your audience.\r\n33.. Select the survey type.\r\n••\r\nTrue/False\r\n••\r\nYes/No\r\n••\r\nMultiple Choice\r\n44.. Enter the answer choices and select the correct answer, if applicable.\r\n55.. Select the Response Limit.\r\n66.. Enter these messages:\r\naa.. Outbound Message (The keyword must be placed before the Y and N values)\r\nbb.. Response Message\r\ncc.. Exceeded Response Limit Message\r\ndd.. Error Message\r\n77.. Enter the rest of the information and move to the next page.\r\n88.. Review the message information.\r\n99.. Set the dates that the message is active.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n1100.. Set the keyword response window, which is the time period that the message interacts with incoming\r\nmessages.\r\n1111.. Schedule or send the message.\r\nCreate a Mobile Opt-In Message in MobileConnect\r\nUse the Mobile Opt-in template to invite people to subscribe to your SMS or MMS messages. For\r\nexample, in-store signs can prompt people to opt in. The Mobile Opt-in template defines the code and\r\nkeyword combination, the message they receive, and other information.\r\nAfter sending the message, the contact receives an SMS reply.\r\n11.. On the MobileConnect Overview screen, click Create Message.\r\n22.. Select the Mobile Opt-In template.\r\n33.. Enter a name for the message.\r\n44.. Select the short or long code to use.\r\n55.. Select or create the keyword.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\n66.. Move to the next page.\r\n77.. Select the subscription option.\r\n••\r\nSingle Opt-in-Requires a user to text one time to opt in.\r\n••\r\nDouble Opt-in-Requires a user to text twice to confirm opt-in.\r\n••\r\nDouble Opt-in with Age Confirmation-Requires the user to text in their age or date of birth after\r\ntexting to opt in. If the user's age is above the minimum, MobileConnect accepts the opt-in.\r\n88.. Set the number of messages the subscriber receives per month.\r\n99.. Select Allow a single opt-in per mobile number if you want to prevent duplicate opt-ins.\r\n1100.. Enter the Initial Message to be sent if a user attempts to subscribe.\r\n1111.. Enter the Duplicate Opt-in Message that's sent when the user tries to opt in again but is already\r\nsubscribed.\r\n1122.. Enter the Acceptance Response to confirm opt-in.\r\n1133.. Enter the Confirmation Message to confirm a successful subscription.\r\n1144.. Enter the Opt-in Error Message for cases where opt-in fails.\r\n1155.. Click Next.\r\n1166.. Review the message information.\r\n1177.. Set the dates that the message is active.\r\n1188.. Schedule or send the message.\r\nCreate an Info Capture Message in MobileConnect\r\nPrompt recipients to provide information in Marketing Cloud Engagement. This information is stored as\r\nattributes on the contact record.\r\n11.. On the MobileConnect Overview screen, click Create Message.\r\n22.. Select the Info Capture template.\r\n33.. Enter a name for the message.\r\n44.. Select the short or long code to use.\r\n55.. Select or create the keyword.\r\n66.. Move to the next page, and then select the attribute to capture.\r\n77.. Enter the request text.\r\n88.. Select more attributes, as necessary.\r\n99.. Enter the rest of the information.\r\n1100.. Move to the next page and review the message information.\r\n1111.. Set the dates that the message is active.\r\n1122.. Set the keyword response window, which determines when the message interacts with incoming\r\nmessages.\r\n1133.. Schedule or send the message\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate an Attribute\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobileConnect\r\nCreate an Outbound Media Message in MobileConnect\r\nCreate and send an MMS message to your subscribers in Marketing Clou\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# MobilePush\r\n\r\n- **Source:** `engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf` — PDF pages **129–216** (printed TOC section).\r\n- **Split:** 2 files (~2500 lines each) for easier search and AI context windows.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/README.md","heading":"Parts","body":"- [Part 1](part-01.md)\r\n- [Part 2](part-02.md)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/part-01.md#0","file":"part-01.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/part-01.md","heading":"part-01","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"MobilePush (part 1/2)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"129-216\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMobilePush\r\nMessages older than 180 days are archived.\r\n11.. On the Overview screen, click the name of the message.\r\n22.. Review the message's activity.\r\nNote To view the message analytics of an SMS activity in Journey Builder, click the SMS tile in the\r\nactive journey.\r\nMobileConnect Reports\r\nYou can use three MobileConnect reports available in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\nSMS Account Summary: Summary of activity at an account level, including a total number of opted-in\r\nsubscribers and counts of inbound and outbound messages.\r\n•\r\nSMS Message Detail Report: Detailed tracking information about messages sent, including descriptive\r\ninformation about the message and send status at an individual level.\r\n•\r\nSMS Message Summary: Activity summaries for all keywords in an account, including overall tracking\r\ninformation and message content for each keyword.\r\n•\r\nSMS Link Clicks: See the links that subscribers click and their campaign associations. This report is\r\navailable only if you're using the Marketing Cloud Engagement shortener and have opted to track\r\nclicks.\r\nSee Also\r\nSMS Account Summary\r\nData View: Undeliverable SMS\r\nSMS Message Detail\r\nSMS Message Summary Report\r\nMobilePush\r\nIn Marketing Cloud Engagement, MobilePush lets you create and send notifications that encourage use\r\nof your app.\r\nTo target your notifications to the best audience, use data about your users from multiple channels.\r\nEasily integrate your push notification campaigns with any email, SMS, or social media campaign. Use\r\nMobilePush to do the following:\r\n•\r\nManage segmented audiences of mobile contacts.\r\n•\r\nSend targeted and personalized push notifications.\r\n•\r\nSend inbox messages.\r\n•\r\nUse geofence and beacon messaging for location-based campaigns.\r\n•\r\nView customer engagement with analytics.\r\n•\r\nAutomate your campaigns with Automation Studio.\r\n•\r\nIntegrate push notifications into customer journeys using Journey Builder.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\nGet Started in MobilePush in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nMobilePush is included in Corporate and Enterprise editions. These prerequisites are required before\r\npush notifications can be sent to devices from Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nMobilePush App Administration\r\nSalesforce admins can manage MobilePush in Setup. Here, access the send blockout period, stored\r\nheaders and footers, subscription information, custom sound optional settings, OpenDirect, custom\r\nkeys, interactive notifications, and other account-level settings.\r\nAudiences\r\nUse the contact information made available by Contacts in MobilePush to segment and target\r\naudiences for your push notifications.\r\nPush Notifications\r\nIn Marketing Cloud Engagement, you can create a message using one of the templates in MobilePush\r\nor the Push Notification template in Content Builder or Journey Builder.\r\nIn-App Messages\r\nIn-app messages allow you to interact with your mobile app users while they use your mobile app,\r\nwhich is when they're most engaged. Trigger a message to show in your mobile app when a user\r\nopens the app on their device. While you can send this message to all of a contact's devices, it only\r\nshows on the first device that opens the app. In-app messages can't be created in MobilePush.\r\nApp Inbox Messaging\r\nSend a message that downloads to your app's inbox on recipients' mobile devices until you set it to\r\nexpire. First, create the CloudPage and ask your mobile app developer to turn on the app inbox via\r\nMobilePush SDK. Then, create an Inbox 1.0 or Inbox 2.0 message.\r\nGeofence Messaging\r\nContacts can receive a message when their mobile device enters or exits the geofence. A geofence\r\nlocation is a circular boundary that surrounds a geographical point. Contacts can receive a message\r\nwhen their mobile device enters or exits the geofence. In MobilePush, specify the geofence location by\r\naddress or by dragging a pin onto the map. Also specify the size of the geofence, which is the radius of\r\nthe circular boundary.\r\nBeacon Messaging\r\nBeacons are physical devices that you position in the locations where you want your customers to\r\nreceive messages. Beacons use a Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) signal to broadcast a universally unique\r\nidentifier (UUID) to a compatible app. Use beacons to send messages based on an individual's\r\nlocation. When a device enters the range of the beacon, the device uses the broadcast UUID to trigger\r\nand display a message. Beacons provide a precise location around which to plan and execute your\r\nmarketing activities. Because you know the exact location of the beacon, you can tailor your messages\r\nto better target your mobile app users.\r\nManage Messages in MobilePush\r\nYou can review a list of users who were sent messages, the number of messages that were sent, and\r\nthe percentage of messages opened. See how opens are defined. View message activity and analytics,\r\nsuch as the average amount of time users spent in your app and the growth of opted-in devices for the\r\nlast 30 days and run reports.\r\nReports\r\nThere are three MobilePush reports available through Reports in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\nMobilePush and Automation Studio\r\nTo use MobilePush with Automation Studio, confirm that both applications are enabled for your\r\naccount. To confirm, log in to Marketing Cloud Engagement and look for MobilePush under Mobile\r\nStudio and Automation Studio under Journey Builder. If you don't see these applications, contact your\r\naccount executive.\r\nMobilePush and Journey Builder\r\nTo use MobilePush with Journey Builder, complete these prerequisites and review the personalization\r\nconsiderations.\r\nUse Cases for MobilePush\r\nThese use cases describe MobilePush functionality and the reach of your messages. For example, use\r\nlists and tags to segment your audience and send to contacts with the same attribute values.\r\nMobilePush FAQs\r\nFrequently asked questions about MobilePush. Question types include Implementation, Product, and\r\nTroubleshooting.\r\nGet Started in MobilePush in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nMobilePush is included in Corporate and Enterprise editions. These prerequisites are required before\r\npush notifications can be sent to devices from Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nFor App Developers\r\nBefore you can use MobilePush, ask your app developer to follow these required steps to implement the\r\nMobilePush SDK.\r\n11.. Provision Android devices.\r\n22.. Provision iOS devices.\r\n33.. Create an app in MobilePush. This step makes your app available in the MobilePush application. Also,\r\nMobilePush tells Google and Apple that MobilePush can send messages to your mobile app on users'\r\ndevices.\r\nNote Note the app ID, access token, and the autogenerated app endpoint. Copy the app\r\nendpoint into your project using the latest SDK.\r\n44.. Integrate the MobilePush SDK in your app: Android and iOS. To use MobilePush, integrate your app\r\nwith the MobilePush SDK.\r\nFor Marketers\r\nAfter your app developer finishes implementing the MobilePush SDK, your mobile app appears in the\r\nMobilePush application. Now, immediately send a test push notification.\r\n11.. In the app switcher, hover over your name and click Setup.\r\n22.. Search for MobilePush.\r\n33.. Create an audience.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\naa.. Import contacts. The imported list has the contacts that you want in MobilePush to eventually send\r\nmessages to.\r\nbb.. Create a filtered list of contacts. A filtered list includes the contacts that you want to send a specific\r\nmessage to.\r\n44.. Create and send a push notification.\r\n55.. Review message activity. Later, review the number of messages sent and the percent opened.\r\nMobilePush App Administration\r\nSalesforce admins can manage MobilePush in Setup. Here, access the send blockout period, stored\r\nheaders and footers, subscription information, custom sound optional settings, OpenDirect, custom\r\nkeys, interactive notifications, and other account-level settings.\r\nImportant All MobilePush Administration pages have moved to Setup.\r\nIf you need account-specific help or to have a feature enabled, contact your account executive.\r\nControl App Badging\r\nAMPscript for Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate a Beacon Message\r\nAudiences\r\nUse the contact information made available by Contacts in MobilePush to segment and target audiences\r\nfor your push notifications.\r\nThe Contacts feature allows you to view and interact with information about an app user. You can use the\r\ncontact information made available by Contacts to MobilePush to segment and target audiences for your\r\npush notifications.\r\nTo send only to contacts who meet certain criteria, create a filtered list or create a data extension in\r\nContact Builder.\r\nNote Shared data extensions aren't available in MobilePush.\r\nThe Contacts feature uses a system table to store information along with an automatically incremented\r\nidentity column for the primary key. You can also include custom information required to send messages\r\nby adding attributes for your contacts. You can't query or export the information in a system table. The\r\nsystem table contains the following attributes:\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\n\r\n| Attribute | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Application | The ID of the app that the user is associated with. |\r\n| Badge | The number of messages shown in the iOS app badge. |\r\n| Channel | The channels that you can use to send messages to the contact. |\r\n| City | The contact's city of residence. |\r\n| Contact ID | A system-generated unique identifier for the contact. |\r\n| Contact Key | A unique identifier for the contact that is used to link data about the contact across channels. Also known as Subscriber Key. |\r\n| Created Date | The date the contact data was entered into Marketing Cloud Engagement. |\r\n| Device | The mobile device used by the contact. |\r\n| Device ID | A universally unique identifier (UUID) that the SDK generates when the app is installed on a device. This ID is sometimes called the Installation ID. A device ID isn't considered a persistent unique identifier for the physical device. |\r\n| Device Type | The type of mobile device used by the contact, such as a phone or tablet. |\r\n| First Name | The contact's first or given name. |\r\n| Hardware ID | An identifier for the type of mobile device used by the contact, such as iPhone7,1 . |\r\n| Is Honor DST | Indicates whether the contact lives in a location that follows Daylight Saving Time. |\r\n| Last Name | The contact's last or family name. |\r\n| Location Enabled | Indicates that the contact opted to receive location-based push messages. |\r\n| Modified Date | The last date and time that a person or application modified data for the contact. |\r\n| Platform | The operating system for the contact's device, such as iOS or Android. |\r\n| Platform Version | The version of the operating system used on the |\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\n\r\n| Attribute | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | contact's mobile device. |\r\n| SDK Version | The version of the MobilePush SDK that your app uses. |\r\n| Source | Indicates how the contact information entered the system, such as Mobile Opt-in or Import |\r\n| State | The contact's state, province, or other subnational unit. |\r\n| Status | Indicates whether the contact currently subscribes to push messages |\r\n| System Token | A unique identifier generated by Apple or Google for the contact's mobile device |\r\n| UTC Offset | The number of hours that the contact's time zone differs from UTC time. |\r\n| Zip Code | The contact's ZIP or postal code. |\r\n| Device Language | The language setting used on the contact's mobile device. |\r\n| GCM Sender ID | A unique identifier for Google Cloud Messaging push message sender for the app |\r\n| Application Version | The version of the app installed on the c\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/part-02.md#0","file":"part-02.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/04-mobilepush/part-02.md","heading":"part-02","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"MobilePush (part 2/2)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"129-216\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nto schedule recurring messages, such as a monthly reminder.\r\n11.. Import Mobile Contacts\r\n22.. Refresh Mobile Filtered List\r\n33.. Send Push\r\nNote If the APNS certificate associated with your app is expired, you can't add messages for that\r\napp to activities until the certificate is updated. Update your certificate in the iOS Provisioning\r\nPortal and upload the updated certificate in MobilePush Administration. If your app is\r\nprovisioned with iOS and Android, sends to Android devices through apps with expired APNS\r\ncertificates aren't affected.\r\n44.. Data Extract File\r\nSee Also\r\nSubscriber Key in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nImport Mobile Contacts\r\nNote If you import contacts from a data extension, you must enable the subscriber key feature and\r\nuse a sendable data extension.\r\n11.. Create the import definition in Contact Builder and map fields from source file to fields in MobilePush.\r\n22.. Create the automation in Automation Studio.\r\n33.. Drag your starting source onto the canvas and click to configure.\r\n44.. Drag the Import Mobile Contacts activity onto the canvas and click to configure.\r\n55.. Select the import definition you created in the first step.\r\nRefresh Mobile Filtered List\r\n11.. Create the filtered list of contacts in MobilePush.\r\n22.. Create the automation in Automation Studio.\r\n33.. Add Refresh Mobile Filtered List Activity to the first step.\r\n44.. Add Wait Activity to the second step. We recommend at least 5-15 minutes.\r\n55.. Add Send Push Activity to the third step.\r\n66.. Select the filtered list in the automation.\r\nNote Ensure that the Mobile Filtered List is set to Auto-refresh before send the list or the SMS\r\nmessage, but not both. Multiple processes trying to run on the same asset at the same time could\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\ncreate issues.\r\nSend Push\r\nNote Create an outbound message to use the automation send method.\r\n11.. Create the outbound message in MobilePush.\r\n22.. Select Automation as the send method.\r\n33.. Create the automation in Automation Studio.\r\n44.. Drag the Send Push activity into the automation.\r\n55.. Select the outbound message in the automation.\r\nCreate a Data Extract File\r\n11.. Click Create Activity.\r\n22.. Select Data Extract.\r\n33.. Add a name, external key, and description for the activity.\r\n44.. Enter a file naming pattern so that the activity knows what to name the file it creates. Use when you\r\nhave set up a workflow to drop a file whose auto-generated filename matches a pattern into the file\r\nlocation. Enter a static name or include placeholders for the date. Use the following personalization\r\nstrings in your filename: %%Year%% %%Month%% %%Day%% %%Hour%% %%Minute%% %%Second%%\r\n55.. To determine the web analytics tools used to interpret the extracted file, select MobilePush extract\r\ntype. The value you select determines the data you can include in the file.\r\nNote Extract types must be provisioned for your account. Contact your account executive for\r\nmore information.\r\n66.. To determine the date range for information to include in the extract file, select an extract range.\r\nChoose 1 day, 7 days, or 30 days.\r\n77.. Select a type of file encoding to use.\r\n88.. Configure the extract by choosing the fields that appear in the data extract file.\r\naa.. Select a field name to include it in the data extract file.\r\nbb.. If the data extract you choose includes the columnDelimiter field, insert the character you wish to\r\nuse as a delimiter within the data extract.\r\ncc.. Valid choices include the following characters:\r\n••\r\n,\r\n••\r\ntab\r\n••\r\n|\r\nNote When setting a time zone for the output file, select Use Local TZ in Query. When this\r\noption isn't selected, the output file defaults to Central Standard Time and doesn't observe\r\nDaylight Savings Time.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\nMobilePush and Journey Builder\r\nTo use MobilePush with Journey Builder, complete these prerequisites and review the personalization\r\nconsiderations.\r\n•\r\nConfirm that MobilePush, Content Builder, and Journey Builder are enabled for your Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement account. If they aren't, contact your account executive.\r\n•\r\nIf you don't see the push notification canvas activity in Journey Builder, your Salesforce admin must\r\ngive you permission. Enable the permission in the Installed Packages section under Administration\r\nand Account in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nNote For messages created after the March 2020 release, the Activity Name replaces the Reporting\r\nID in Journey Builder Push and In-App activities. This update allows for easier identification of your\r\nmessage in reports and data extracts.\r\nWhat to Expect with Older Push and In-App Activities\r\n\r\n| Use Case | Post-Release Behavior |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Journey Activated Prior to Release | • Running journey activities continue to use Reporting ID. • Reporting ID is present only on the read-only summary view of the Activity. • When the Activity is copied or versioned, the Reporting ID is not present. • Reselect the new version or copy, and the new version shows the new naming format. Reporting ID isn't present. |\r\n| Draft Journey Created Before the Release and Activated After the Release | • Reselect the content, and a new naming format is used. • Reporting ID isn't present. |\r\n| New Journeys Created After Release | • Reporting ID isn't present. • New activities use the new naming format. |\r\n\r\nNote When contacts delete your app or disable push notifications in their mobile device's settings,\r\nthey don't receive Journey Builder push notifications.\r\nPersonalization Considerations\r\nIn Journey Builder, you can use Journey Builder entry source attributes to personalize your push\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\nmessages. Journey Builder first attempts to pull the attribute value from the Journey Builder entry\r\nsource. If no value is found, Journey Builder attempts to pull the attribute value from the contact record\r\nin the MobilePush demographics table.\r\nNote When you use a data extension as an entry source in Journey Builder, you can add\r\npersonalization strings in the subject line or CloudPage.\r\nSend Push Notifications with Journey Builder\r\nYou can send push notifications and inbox messages in Journey Builder to create a sequence of\r\nmessages, such as a welcome experience or an abandoned cart reminder.\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate the Push Notification Activity in Journey Builder\r\nConfigure an Existing Content Builder Push Notification in Journey Builder\r\nCreate a Push Notification in Content Builder\r\nCreate and Send a Push Notification\r\nSend Push Notifications with Journey Builder\r\nYou can send push notifications and inbox messages in Journey Builder to create a sequence of\r\nmessages, such as a welcome experience or an abandoned cart reminder.\r\nImportant Journey Builder push notifications are no longer created in MobilePush. Instead, create\r\nyour Journey Builder push notifications without leaving Journey Builder.\r\nNote If the APNS certificate associated with your app is expired, you can't add messages for that\r\napp to activities until the certificate is updated. Update your certificate in the iOS Provisioning Portal\r\nand upload the updated certificate in MobilePush Administration. If your app is provisioned with\r\niOS and Android, sends to Android devices through apps with expired APNS certificates aren't\r\naffected.\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate the Push Notification Activity in Journey Builder\r\nConfigure an Existing Content Builder Push Notification in Journey Builder\r\nCreate a Push Notification in Content Builder\r\nActivities Reference\r\nCreate and Send a Push Notification\r\nUse Cases for MobilePush\r\nThese use cases describe MobilePush functionality and the reach of your messages. For example, use\r\nlists and tags to segment your audience and send to contacts with the same attribute values.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement has several products available. Each use case has suggestions for which\r\ncombination of products are required in order to implement the solution for a specific use case.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\nHowever, for all use cases described in this document, MobilePush will need to be configured for your\r\naccount.\r\nImplement Tags in MobilePush\r\nTo help better segment your contacts into more precise audiences, use tags in MobilePush.\r\nInclude Only Opted-in Contacts in a Filtered List\r\nJust because a contact is active doesn't mean that they have opted in to receive MobilePush\r\nnotifications.\r\nSet the Subscriber Key or Contact Key\r\nContact key, also known as subscriber key, is the unique identifier used to aggregate a contact's\r\ndevices in Marketing Cloud Engagement. Set the contact key to a specific value provided by your\r\ncustomer or to another unique identifier for the contact. You can use a mobile number, customer\r\nnumber, Salesforce ContactID, or another value.\r\nUse Exclusion Lists and Data Extensions Lists in MobilePush\r\nTo exclude certain subscribers from receiving push notifications from MobilePush, use an exclusion\r\nlist.\r\nUse the MobilePush SDK to Send a Location Message to Selected MobilePush Users\r\nMobilePush can trigger location messages when users enter or exit a geofence or come within range of\r\na beacon. Choosing an existing audience list or data extension can't be done in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement, so you must use the SDK to segment location message recipients.\r\nUse Multiple Providers for Push Notifications\r\nImplementing a push notification provider's SDK in addition to the MobilePush SDK is not\r\nrecommended. While multiple push SDKs can be integrated into a single app, this practice can cause\r\nissues. Results are not guaranteed.\r\nProvide a Dynamic Image in a Rich Push Message\r\nRich push notifications include an image. For example, you can send your contact an abandoned cart\r\npush notification that contains an image of the item left in their cart to entice them to complete the\r\npurchase. You can personalize the image that your contact receives by using a recurring send, a data\r\nextension that tracks the abandoned cart items, and AMPscript to populate the push notification's\r\nimage URL.\r\nReplace Inbox and Deleted Contacts\r\nWhen you send an Inbox message, you can use the Replace Inbox feature to overwrite an existing\r\nInbox message on the user's device. Here's an example of what happens when a user is deleted or\r\nremoved from the source audience in between message sends.\r\nImplement Tags in MobilePush\r\nTo help better segment your contacts into more precise audiences, use tags in MobilePush.\r\nImportant The tag limit per device is 100.\r\nTags hold additional information about your subscribers and how they use your app. You can assign\r\nvalues to contacts interested in hiking, fashion, or sports.\r\n\r\nEngagement: Mobile Studio MobilePush\r\nFor example, Northern Trail Outfitters (NTO) can create their app to assign tags to a contact record based\r\non a preferences section. That section can ask the contact to indicate their interest in several different\r\ntopics, such as hiking, boating, or fishing. After the app assigns those values to a contact record, NTO can\r\nuse those values when creating filtered lists.\r\nEnsure that your app developer includes the proper tag terms in your app via the Journey Builder for\r\nApps SDK.\r\nCreate a Filtered List Using Tags\r\nSelect which tag values to filter a list by when you create a filtered list in MobilePush, just like you\r\nselect attributes or data extension values. For example, select the tag hiking to send hiking-related\r\nmessages to contacts. You can combine tags to send messages to combined groups of contacts. For\r\nexample, send the same message to fishing and boating audiences who could be interested in the\r\nsame content.\r\nSend Message Using Tags Via API\r\nAfter you implement tags in MobilePush, authenticate your app and use the me\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Engagement Mobile Studio\r\n\r\n- **Source PDF:** `engagement_mobile_studio_4-6-2026.pdf`\r\n- **Pages:** 216\r\n- **Extracted:** 2026-04-06","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"engagement-mobile-studio/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"engagement-mobile-studio/README.md","heading":"Table of contents (from PDF)","body":"*Section files use **printed** page numbers from the PDF footer; `pdf_pages` in each file is the **PDF file** page range.*\r\n\r\n- [Mobile Studio in Marketing Cloud Engagement](01-mobile-studio-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 1; starts ~PDF p. 5)\r\n- [GroupConnect](02-groupconnect.md) (printed p. 2; starts ~PDF p. 6)\r\n- [MobileConnect](03-mobileconnect/README.md) (printed p. 29; starts ~PDF p. 33)\r\n- [MobilePush](04-mobilepush/README.md) (printed p. 125; starts ~PDF p. 129)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/01-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-documentation.md#0","file":"01-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-documentation.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/01-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-documentation.md","heading":"01-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-documentation","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Documentation\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"5-5\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\n|  | Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries |  |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries is an outreach marketing tools suite that helps you\r\ncommunicate with and engage your supporters, customers, and contacts. Learn how to take your\r\nmessaging further with personalized emails, audience segmentation, and automated email campaigns.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/02-get-started-with-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md#0","file":"02-get-started-with-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/02-get-started-with-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md","heading":"02-get-started-with-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Get Started with Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"6-7\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nGet Started with Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nGet Started with Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nLearn how to install and use Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries. Send personalized emails to\r\ntarget audiences and create automated email campaigns.\r\nOverview of Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nCommunicate and engage with your customers by using Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries.\r\nPrerequisites for Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nGet ready to install Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries by making sure you have the required\r\nlicenses and features.\r\nInstall the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Package\r\nInstall the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Package into your org.\r\nLaunch the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries App\r\nOpen the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries app and follow the instructions on the Get\r\nStarted page to get ready to connect Marketing Cloud with Salesforce.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Assets Deployed\r\nLearn about the assets that are available to you after you complete the Get Started flow in Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement for Industries.\r\nNeed Help?\r\nConnect with resources to help you get Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries up and running\r\nsmoothly.\r\nOverview of Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nCommunicate and engage with your customers by using Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries is a suite of outreach marketing tools that help you\r\ncommunicate with and engage your supporters, contacts, and customers on any scale. Take your\r\nmessaging further with personalized emails, audience segmentation, and automated email campaigns.\r\nTo help you get you up and running quickly with Marketing Cloud, we created a Get Started page in the\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries app. The Get Started page walks you through the\r\nconnection process and provides access to a set of specialized assets, such as emails and journeys.\r\nPrerequisites for Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nGet ready to install Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries by making sure you have the required\r\nlicenses and features.\r\nBefore you install Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries, you will need the required licenses. Reach\r\nout to your Account Executive or directly access your Salesforce accounts to manage your subscriptions.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Get Started with Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nNext complete the following prerequisites to connect Marketing Cloud to your Salesforce CRM.\r\nEEnnaabbllee LLiigghhttnniinngg EExxppeerriieennccee\r\nSalesforce Lightning is the next generation of the Salesforce user experience, and is a requirement for\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries. If your organization isn't already in Lightning Experience,\r\nlearn more in How to Transition to Lightning Experience.\r\nEEnnaabbllee MMyy DDoommaaiinn\r\nMy Domain helps keep your data more secure by adding a customer-specific domain name to your\r\nSalesforce org URLs, and is a requirement for Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries. If you haven't\r\nalready rolled out My Domain in your org, learn more in Set Up My Domain.\r\nInstall the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Package\r\nInstall the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Package into your org.\r\n11.. Visit the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Installer page.\r\n22.. Click Log In to Start Pre-Install Validation and select your org type.\r\n33.. Enter your login credentials.\r\n44.. Click Allow.\r\n55.. Click Install. You'll see a confirmation when the installation is complete.\r\nLaunch the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries App\r\nOpen the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries app and follow the instructions on the Get Started\r\npage to get ready to connect Marketing Cloud with Salesforce.\r\n11.. Log into Salesforce.\r\n22.. From the App Launcher, find and select MC Engagement for Industries.\r\n33.. Follow the instructions on the Get Started page.\r\nYou're now ready to connect Marketing Cloud with Salesforce.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Assets Deployed\r\nLearn about the assets that are available to you after you complete the Get Started flow in Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement for Industries.\r\nYou can use assets such as these after successful completion of the Get Started flow.\r\n\r\n| Assets Deployed | Location in Marketing Cloud |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Emails | Content Builder |","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/03-learn-about-email-templates.md#0","file":"03-learn-about-email-templates.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/03-learn-about-email-templates.md","heading":"03-learn-about-email-templates","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Learn About Email Templates\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"8-8\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nLearn About Email Templates\r\n\r\n| Assets Deployed | Location in Marketing Cloud |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Journeys | Journey Builder |\r\n| Automations | Automation Studio |\r\n| Data Extensions | Contact Builder |\r\n\r\nNeed Help?\r\nConnect with resources to help you get Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries up and running\r\nsmoothly.\r\nConnecting Marketing Cloud with Salesforce can be a complex process. Join the Trailblazer Community\r\nand reach out for help. This online community is where users connect with other Trailblazers to share\r\nideas and ask for help.\r\nIf you're still having trouble, contact Salesforce Support.\r\nSee Also:\r\n•\r\nTrailhead: Marketing Cloud Connect Setup\r\n•\r\nMarketing Cloud Troubleshooting Guide\r\nLearn About Email Templates\r\nFind the email templates that meet your needs and learn about using emails in Marketing Cloud.\r\nFind Your Industry's Email Template\r\nLearn how to find the right email template in Marketing Cloud for Industries for your needs.\r\nResources for Creating and Sending Emails with Marketing Cloud\r\nExplore Marketing Cloud resources about creating, testing, and sending emails.\r\nFind Your Industry's Email Template\r\nLearn how to find the right email template in Marketing Cloud for Industries for your needs.\r\nVersions of email templates are saved based on their time stamp. Before you update an email, make sure\r\nyou have the right template.\r\n11.. Go to the email you want to update.\r\n22.. In the Details panel, locate the name of the source template.\r\n33.. Go to the email template folder and find the source template.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/04-adopting-marketing-cloud-business-units.md#0","file":"04-adopting-marketing-cloud-business-units.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/04-adopting-marketing-cloud-business-units.md","heading":"04-adopting-marketing-cloud-business-units","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Adopting Marketing Cloud Business Units\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"9-14\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nAdopting Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\n44.. Update as needed.\r\nResources for Creating and Sending Emails with Marketing Cloud\r\nExplore Marketing Cloud resources about creating, testing, and sending emails.\r\n•\r\nCreate Synchronized Data Sources in Contact Builder\r\n•\r\nAutomation Studio\r\n•\r\nCreate Templates\r\n•\r\nCreate Emails in Content Builder\r\n•\r\nSubscriber Preview and Test Send\r\n•\r\nTrailhead: Preview, Test, and Send Your Email\r\n•\r\nTrailhead: Create and Send Targeted Emails\r\nAdopting Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nBusiness Units are separate work spaces within an organization's Marketing Cloud, that allow various\r\nteams to manage their data and marketing functions independently. This article explores different\r\naspects of this feature and highlights various considerations to be kept in mind, to make the best use of\r\nbusiness units for marketing functions.\r\nIntroduction to Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nLearn how Marketing Cloud Business Units help team members manage their data and marketing\r\nfunctions independently while sharing common assets.\r\nFeatures of Business Units\r\nFine-tune how you segregate and manage data by using Business Units.\r\nConsiderations for Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nLearn about decisions to consider when configuring Marketing Cloud Business Units.\r\nAdditional Information\r\nUse these additional resources to learn more about Business Units in Marketing Cloud and Salesforce\r\nDistributed Marketing.\r\nIntroduction to Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nLearn how Marketing Cloud Business Units help team members manage their data and marketing\r\nfunctions independently while sharing common assets.\r\nBusiness Units in Marketing Cloud are separate work spaces within an organization's Marketing Cloud\r\naccount, that allow different team members or departments within the same organization to manage\r\ntheir data and marketing functions independently while enabling sharing of common assets (such as\r\nbranded templates) with ease.\r\nBusiness Units are created in a hierarchy. The main Business Unit at the top of the hierarchy is called the\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Adopting Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nParent Business Unit, and sub Business Units created under this parent are called Child Business Units.\r\nThese children, in turn, can have their own child nodes and so on.\r\nParent and Child Marketing Cloud Business Unit Hierarchy in a University\r\nFrom a business and marketing perspective, Business Units are typically created to manage marketing\r\nfunctions of different subdivisions within an organization. For example, let's consider a large university\r\nwhich has different marketing teams under Recruitment & Admissions, Student Affairs and\r\nAdvancement. Each of these subdivisions manage different segments of the audience (leads and\r\nprospects, students, Alumni, etc.) and may want to organize and manage their marketing teams and data\r\nindependently. In this case, the parent IT organization managing the University might create 3 different\r\nbusiness units for each of these divisions under the common Parent called the University Business Unit.\r\nBy adopting Business Units, the University can:\r\n•\r\nManage the users of each departments under one umbrella Marketing Account\r\n•\r\nAllow all 3 departments to view and manage just the data they need to manage. For example, expose\r\nleads and prospective students to Recruitment and Admissions division so that they can take up\r\nsuitable marketing efforts with that population; similarly, allow Student Affairs division to market to\r\ncurrent university students\r\n•\r\nProvision users into each of these business units independently. Business unit-specific custom user\r\nroles can be created if need be\r\n•\r\nAllow users to send different kinds of emails [Recruitment emails vs Student hostel emails] from\r\ndifferent business units independently. If one marketer is working for both departments, they can be\r\nprovisioned into both units.\r\n•\r\nAllow users to share common email templates, images and other assets across all business units\r\nAnother use case for Marketing Cloud Business units is the need to manage different sub-brands or\r\nregional structures under the same brand. This is important not only in the Retail space, but also\r\napplicable to certain Higher Education and Nonprofit institutions. For example, a Nonprofit may be an\r\nassociation of multiple organizations which are serving different needs of the society under different\r\nbrand names in different geographies. In this case, Business Units will help manage the respective\r\nmarketing teams with better agility and security. Note that there is another added advantage here:\r\nadopting business units will allow subscribers to opt out of just that brand or regional entity-instead of\r\nthe entire organization.\r\nFeatures of Business Units\r\nFine-tune how you segregate and manage data by using Business Units.\r\nHHiieerraarrcchhyy\r\nConsider how your organization can best use Business Unit hierarchies to structure and organize data\r\nmanagement.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Adopting Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nWhile there is no right or wrong way to establish a Business Unit hierarchy, specific user requirements\r\nand data needs for subdivisions across the organization should be assessed to identify the right model.\r\nSome of the classic questions to consider are:\r\n•\r\nAre there different brands or divisions that need separate work spaces due to specific data needs or\r\nprocesses?\r\n•\r\nAre there different branding needs across different marketing teams?\r\n•\r\nWhat are the common assets and data that need to be shared?\r\nThese are some of the classic questions to consider. Also, it is good to avoid too many levels or complex\r\nhierarchies which are difficult to manage.\r\nChild Business Units maintain their own Subscribers, Users, Roles and Email Templates\r\nSSeeppaarraattiioonn aanndd IIssoollaattiioonn ooff UUsseerr EExxppeerriieennccee\r\nLearn the types of data and assets that can be managed independently with Business Units.\r\nWithin each Business Unit, the user experience can be unique and isolated from the user experiences in\r\nthe other Business Units.\r\nBusiness Units allow users to manage the following items independently:\r\n•\r\nSubscriber data and associated marketing information**\r\n•\r\nEmail templates, images, etc.\r\n•\r\nUser roles (Custom roles can be Business unit specific)\r\n•\r\nSender profiles and Delivery profiles\r\n•\r\nEmail reports\r\n•\r\nFolder structure\r\n** Note: The All subscribers table at the parent level maintains a master list of all subscribers across\r\nBusiness units.\r\nMMaarrkkeettiinngg CClloouudd CCoonnnneeccttoorr aanndd DDaattaa SShhaarriinngg\r\nUse Marketing Cloud Connector from Salesforce to synchronize Salesforce core platform data with data\r\nin Marketing Cloud.\r\nCustomers often use Marketing Cloud Connector from Salesforce to synchronize data between the\r\nSalesforce Platform (Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, etc.) and Marketing Cloud. This helps them to manage\r\nall CRM data in Sales Cloud while executing Marketing Campaigns from Marketing Cloud.\r\nMarketing Cloud Connector links Salesforce Core Platform and Marketing Cloud\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Adopting Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nWhen installing and configuring the Marketing Cloud Connector, the Parent Business Unit should/must\r\n1\r\nbe the point of integration between Marketing Cloud and Salesforce . By default, the Marketing Cloud\r\nConnector brings in all Salesforce CRM Data to the Parent Business Unit and stores it in Synchronized\r\nSalesforce Data Extensions. Note that the Marketing Cloud Admin has the option to choose those fields\r\n2\r\nthey want to synchronize for a given Object in CRM, but they have only limited filtering options . Once\r\nthis data is in the Parent, the Parent can then query and share specific sets of data to each Child\r\nBusiness Unit. This sharing would happen via a Shared Data Extension folder. It can be configured so\r\nthat a given Shared Data Extension folder is only accessible to a particular Child Business Unit so that no\r\nother Business unit would have access to this folder and, therefore, the data. This ensures that the data\r\nin each Child Business Unit is secure and specific to their specific needs only.\r\nBecause the Parent Business Unit has access to all of the data before it is filtered to each Child Business\r\nUnit, the Parent Business Unit can be utilized for communications that need to be sent on behalf of the\r\nentire organization.\r\nTo illustrate this for Higher Ed, the Parent Business Unit-the University-would consume all relevant\r\nstudent data from Salesforce. The Parent University Business Unit could filter and share data for each of\r\nthe various colleges to be used to send marketing communications to their relevant students. The\r\nUniversity Business Unit, however, may be used to send University-wide communications to all students.\r\nFootnotes:\r\n1\r\nThe only exception is for multi-org connected Marketing Clouds, i.e. a Marketing Cloud instance linked\r\nto multiple instance of Sales/Service Cloud - more information on that can be found here.\r\n2\r\nFilter based on a set Boolean field / Filter data from a set date onwards.\r\nConsiderations for Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\nLearn about decisions to consider when configuring Marketing Cloud Business Units.\r\nDDeeddiiccaatteedd IIPP // WWrraappppiinngg DDoommaaiinn\r\nLearn when to use a dedicated IP address or single wrapping domain for a Business Unit.\r\nDepending on send volume or use case, one IP address can be shared across all Business Units of an\r\nOrganization. With proper monitoring and maintenance, sharing a dedicated IP gives the organization\r\nthe ability to maintain a positive Sender Reputation while also unifying the branding.\r\nThere may be some use cases where a Business Unit may wish to have their own dedicated IP. Typically\r\nthis occurs if send volumes are upwards of 2.5 million per month. The additional dedicated IP can be\r\nutilized, then, when sending different types of email communications, such as Transactional vs.\r\nCommercial messaging.\r\nWhen the customer has opted for Sender Authentication Package or SAP as a part of their initial setup,\r\nthe entire Organization can share one dedicated wrapping domain across all Business Units. This\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Adopting Marketing Cloud Business Units\r\ndomain is used to wrap all URLs and images so that they are reflecting the organization brand rather than\r\nthe default Marketing Cloud brand. For example, ABC University, a higher ed institution, can designate\r\nthe domain communications.abcuniv.edu as its wrapping domain and all image URLs and links can be\r\nwrapped using that URL.\r\nTypically, a single wrapping domain is used across all business units of an organization. However, it is also\r\npossible to configure individual wrapping domains for specific business units if necessary. This is\r\nespecially required for organizations intending to use Business units to manage multiple brands.\r\nOOpptt OOuutt // PPrreeffeerreennccee CCeenntteerr\r\nManage email opt-outs across your entire organization, or fine-tune opt-out options in each Business\r\nUnit.\r\nOpt-outs from emails can be managed either at the Business Unit level or across the entire\r\norganization. If managed at the Business Unit level, when a subscriber unsubscribes from all emails, that\r\npreference is specific to emails sent from that Business Unit. If managed at the organization level or\r\nEnterprise level, when a subscriber unsubscribes from emails, this preference is applicable across all\r\nemails from all Business Units.\r\nEach Business Unit can have its own dedicated Preference Center that can house different\r\ncommunication preferences within it. \n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-and-translation.md#0","file":"05-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-and-translation.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-and-translation.md","heading":"05-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-and-translation","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries and Translation\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"15-16\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries and Translation\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries and Translation\r\nLearn what languages we support for Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries.\r\nFrequently Asked Questions\r\nGet answers to questions about localization, including frequency, languages, and documentation.\r\nAvailable Languages\r\nSee the list of languages available for Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries.\r\nLocalized Documentation\r\nGet links to documentation in other languages.\r\nEnable Languages\r\nEnable localization in Salesforce for your Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries product.\r\nFrequently Asked Questions\r\nGet answers to questions about localization, including frequency, languages, and documentation.\r\nHow often do you localize Salesforce.org products?\r\nWe localize our product labels and text as part of every major seasonal release.\r\nWhat languages do you localize into?\r\nSalesforce.org localizes by package, not by product, so the languages vary. See Available\r\nLanguages. Salesforce offers three levels of language support: fully supported languages, end-\r\nuser languages, and platform-only languages. For more information, see Supported Languages.\r\nDo you localize product documentation?\r\nWe currently localize documentation for these products: Accounting Subledger, Accounting\r\nSubledger Legacy, Case Management, Education Cloud, Education Data Architecture (EDA),\r\nGrants Management, Insights Platform Data Integrity, Marketing Cloud Engagement for\r\nIndustries, Nonprofit Cloud, Nonprofit Success Pack (NPSP), Outbound Funds Module, Program\r\nManagement Module (PMM), and Student Success Hub (SSH).\r\nI noticed a mistake or something missing from a translation. Where do I report it?\r\nKeep in mind that we update translations only for major releases, so they can be out of sync after\r\nminor releases. To report a mistake, create a case with the Topic set to Setup and Security,\r\nand the Category set to Globalization and Localization.\r\nCan I override translations?\r\nAbsolutely. You can use the Translation Workbench to override translations. To learn more, see\r\nTranslation Workbench.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/06-troubleshoot-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md#0","file":"06-troubleshoot-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/06-troubleshoot-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md","heading":"06-troubleshoot-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Troubleshoot Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"17-18\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nTroubleshoot Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nWhat's the difference between language and locale?\r\nIn Salesforce, you'll see both Language and Locale settings. Locale determines the display\r\nformats for date and time, addresses, phone numbers, and commas and periods in numbers.\r\nLanguage determines the language that objects, fields, settings, and user interface text appear\r\nin.\r\nDo you accept translations from the community?\r\nEven though many of our products are open source, we don't currently accept GitHub pull\r\nrequests for localization contributions. The localization process requires a level of maintenance\r\nthat's not realistic or sustainable for community contributors, and we therefore rely on our own\r\nlocalization programs to deliver high-quality, timely translations.\r\nAvailable Languages\r\nSee the list of languages available for Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries.\r\nSalesforce.org provides translations into these languages. When you choose one of the supported\r\nlanguages during user (or org-wide) setup, Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries objects, fields,\r\nsettings, and user interface text appear in that language.\r\nLocalized Documentation\r\nGet links to documentation in other languages.\r\nEnable Languages\r\nEnable localization in Salesforce for your Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries product.\r\nWe recommend that you complete these steps to enable a language for use in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement for Industries:\r\n11.. Before using any translated languages, enable Translation Workbench in Setup. For information, see\r\nEnable and Disable the Translation Workbench.\r\n22.. If you're enabling a platform-only language:\r\naa.. From Setup, search for and then select Enable platform-only languages.\r\nbb.. Move the desired language to the Displayed Languages list.\r\ncc.. Save your changes.\r\nTroubleshoot Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nResolve errors and configuration issues in Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Troubleshoot Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nFix Get Started Page Errors\r\nResolve errors that occur on the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Get Started page.\r\nSynchronize Data Extensions\r\nCreate a synchronized data extension during the Get Started workflow to allow data to flow from CRM\r\nto Marketing Cloud.\r\nUpdate Email Asset Colors\r\nChange the theme color for an email asset after it's deployed.\r\nStill Need Help?\r\nConnect with community resources for additional help with Marketing Cloud Engagement for\r\nIndustries.\r\nFix Get Started Page Errors\r\nResolve errors that occur on the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Get Started page.\r\nIf you encounter errors when working through the Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Get\r\nStarted page, ensure that you:\r\n•\r\nHave the necessary system permissions.\r\n•\r\nPerformed the necessary steps in the process.\r\nThe Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Get Started page is modeled on the Marketing Cloud\r\nConnect Setup module in Trailhead. To resolve issues you experience in the Get Started page, follow the\r\ninstructions in the Trailhead module.\r\nSynchronize Data Extensions\r\nCreate a synchronized data extension during the Get Started workflow to allow data to flow from CRM to\r\nMarketing Cloud.\r\nIf you deploy assets without setting up the synchronized data extensions, assets are deployed but the\r\nSQL query automations are not. An error message appears about 10 minutes after deployment\r\nindicating data failure.\r\nSynchronize Your Salesforce Data with Marketing Cloud prior to deploying assets.\r\nUpdate Email Asset Colors\r\nChange the theme color for an email asset after it's deployed.\r\nYou can customize assets with your organization's branding before you deploy them on the Get Started\r\npage. To change the theme color for an email asset after it's deployed:\r\n11.. Log in to Marketing Cloud.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/07-marketing-cloud-engagement-with-your-products.md#0","file":"07-marketing-cloud-engagement-with-your-products.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/07-marketing-cloud-engagement-with-your-products.md","heading":"07-marketing-cloud-engagement-with-your-products","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"19-27\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products\r\nFinish setting up Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries to work with your products.\r\nSynchronize your CRM data with Marketing Cloud to use Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries to\r\nits fullest potential.\r\nHere's a high level summary of the data synchronization steps:\r\n11.. Create a synchronized data source to automatically add contact data from Salesforce to Marketing\r\nCloud on a recurring basis.\r\n22.. Using Automation Studio, run a data query to populate your data extensions on a recurring basis.\r\nNote Work with your Marketing Cloud admin to set up Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries\r\nfor your product.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Education\r\nUse Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries to its fullest potential and synchronize your Education\r\nCloud CRM data with Marketing Cloud.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Nonprofits - NPSP\r\nUse Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries to its fullest potential and synchronize your Nonprofit\r\nSuccess Pack data with Marketing Cloud.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Education\r\nUse Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries to its fullest potential and synchronize your Education\r\nCloud CRM data with Marketing Cloud.\r\nWe recommend that you complete these integration steps with your Marketing Cloud admin.\r\nCreate a Synchronized Data Source for Education Cloud\r\nCreate a synchronized data source to automatically add new and updated Education Cloud data to\r\nMarketing Cloud on a recurring basis. Synchronizing your data ensures that you always have the most\r\nup-to-date information available for your marketing efforts.\r\nPopulate Education Cloud Data Extensions With Automation Studio\r\nCreate automations to refresh your data extensions when your data source receives new data from\r\nSalesforce.\r\nSet Up Emails with Marketing Cloud Engagement for Education\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Education provides email templates to help you efficiently set up\r\nyour institution's email campaigns.\r\nCreate a Synchronized Data Source for Education Cloud\r\nCreate a synchronized data source to automatically add new and updated Education Cloud data to\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Marketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products\r\nMarketing Cloud on a recurring basis. Synchronizing your data ensures that you always have the most up-\r\nto-date information available for your marketing efforts.\r\nCreate synchronized data sources for these objects: Account, Contact, Individual Application, Lead,\r\nService Appointment, and User. Salesforce uses the fields on these objects in preconfigured email\r\ntemplates.\r\nNote You can't change relationships between synchronized objects after the initial synchronization.\r\n11.. Log into Marketing Cloud.\r\n22.. Under Audience Builder, click Contact Builder.\r\n33.. Click Data Sources.\r\n44.. Click Synchronized.\r\n55.. Click the available data source tile.\r\n66.. Click Set Up Object.\r\n77.. Click Synchronize on the Account tile.\r\n88.. Select these fields:\r\n••\r\nFirstName\r\n••\r\nPersonEmail\r\n••\r\nPhone\r\n••\r\nLastName\r\nNote Required fields such as Id or RecordTypeId are selected by default.\r\n99.. Click Next.\r\n1100.. Select how to filter the synchronized data while considering your Marketing Cloud utilization limits. For\r\ninformation about those limits or increasing them, contact your account executive. Alternatively,\r\nmanage your subscriptions.\r\n1111.. Select how often to synchronize data. We recommend every 15 minutes.\r\n1122.. Save your changes.\r\n1133.. If prompted, click OK to confirm the synchronization process.\r\n1144.. Repeat steps 6-13 for these objects and fields:\r\n••\r\nContact: FirstName, LastName, Phone\r\n••\r\nIndividual Application: ApplicationCategory, ApplicationType, AppliedDate, Category, Status\r\n••\r\nLead: FirstName, LastName, LeadSource, Name, Phone\r\n••\r\nService Appointment: AppointmentType, ApptBookingInfoUrl, Description, Duration,\r\nSchedEndTime, SchedStartTime, Status, StatusCategory, Subject\r\n••\r\nUser: CompanyName, Department, FirstName, LastName, Phone, SenderEmail, SenderName\r\nThe synchronization sometimes takes several minutes depending on the number of records. After it\r\ncompletes, a tile shows a row count and a Synchronized status for each of the selected objects. Here's an\r\nexample for the Contact object.\r\nNote The data synchronization is one way from Salesforce to Marketing Cloud. So Marketing Cloud\r\ndoesn't send any subsequent data changes to Education Cloud.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Marketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products\r\nPopulate Education Cloud Data Extensions With Automation Studio\r\nCreate automations to refresh your data extensions when your data source receives new data from\r\nSalesforce.\r\n11.. Log into Marketing Cloud.\r\n22.. Under Journey Builder, click Automation Studio, and then select New Automation.\r\n33.. Drag Schedule to the Start with a Starting Source dotted circle, and then click Configure.\r\n44.. Enter a start date and time for the automation, and then select your time zone.\r\n55.. If needed, select a frequency, and then configure the cadence. Schedule this process to run daily or\r\nweekly, depending on how often you send emails, so that you have the most recent data.\r\n66.. Click Done.\r\n77.. Drag SQL Query onto the canvas, click Choose, and then select EducationCloudAccount.\r\n88.. Enter this query: select PersonEmail as PersonEmail, Phone as Phone, FirstName as\r\nFirstName, LastName as LastName from Account_Salesforce .\r\n99.. Click Done.\r\n1100.. Repeat steps 7-9 to add these activities:\r\n••\r\nEducationCloudContact: select Email as Email, Phone as Phone, FirstName as\r\nFirstName, LastName as LastName from Contact_Salesforce\r\n••\r\nEducationCloudIndividualApplication: select Id as Id, AccountId as AccountId,\r\n\r\n| ContactId as ContactId, ApplicationCategory as ApplicationCategory, |\r\n| --- |\r\n| ApplicationType as ApplicationType, Category as Category, Status as Status, |\r\n\r\nAppliedDate as AppliedDate from IndividualApplication_Salesforce\r\n••\r\nEducationCloudLead: select Email as Email, Phone as Phone, FirstName as\r\nFirstName, LastName as LastName from Lead_Salesforce\r\n••\r\nEducationCloudServiceAppointment: select Id as Id, AccountId as AccountId,\r\n\r\n| ContactId as ContactId, ApptBookingInfoUrl as ApptBookingInfoUrl, |\r\n| --- |\r\n| AppointmentType as AppointmentType, Subject as Subject, Description as |\r\n| Description, SchedStartTime as SchedStartTime from |\r\n\r\nServiceAppointment_Salesforce\r\n••\r\nEducationCloudUser: select Email as Email, SenderEmail as SenderEmail, Phone as\r\n\r\n| Phone, SenderName as SenderName, FirstName as FirstName, LastName as |\r\n| --- |\r\n| LastName, Department as Department, CompanyName as CompanyName from |\r\n\r\nUser_Salesforce\r\n1111.. Save your changes.\r\n1122.. To test the automation, click Run Once.\r\nSet Up Emails with Marketing Cloud Engagement for Education\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Education provides email templates to help you efficiently set up your\r\ninstitution's email campaigns.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Education provides these email templates.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Marketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products\r\n•\r\nRecruitment & Admissions - Application Deadline: Send automated emails to remind learners of\r\nupcoming application deadlines.\r\n•\r\nStudent Success - Appointment Confirmation: Send automated emails to confirm appointment details\r\nto learners after they schedule a meeting with your staff.\r\n•\r\nAlumni Engagement - Recent Graduate Portal Invitation: Send an email to invite recent graduates to\r\njoin the alumni portal and to inform them of available resources, such as career services and groups.\r\n•\r\nAlumni Engagement - Institution Outreach Campaign: Send an email to alumni with information\r\nabout your institution's mission, goals, and progress updates for capital campaign initiatives.\r\nCCrreeaattee EEmmaaiillss UUssiinngg EEdduuccaattiioonn CClloouudd EEmmaaiill TTeemmppllaatteess\r\nUse preconfigured email templates or customize them to fit your needs.\r\n11.. Log into Marketing Cloud.\r\n22.. Under Content Builder, click Content Builder.\r\n33.. Click Create, and then select Email Message.\r\n44.. Select the Template creation option, and then click Saved.\r\n55.. Select the template to use, and then click Select.\r\n66.. Enter the email properties, and then click Next.\r\n77.. Enter a subject and, if needed, a preheader to display text after the subject line in an email client. A\r\npreheader isn't required, but effective preheader text can increase the number of recipients who open\r\nyour email.\r\n88.. If needed, edit the default text and personalize the email, and then click Next.\r\n99.. If needed, preview the email and perform a test send.\r\n1100.. Save your changes.\r\nSSeenndd EEdduuccaattiioonn CClloouudd EEmmaaiillss\r\nAfter your emails are ready, choose when and who to send them to.\r\n11.. Log into Marketing Cloud.\r\n22.. Under Email Studio, click Email.\r\n33.. Select the email that you created, and then click Send.\r\n44.. If needed, enter email properties, and then click Next.\r\n55.. Click Data Extensions, and then drag the object representing your subscribers to the Targeted section.\r\n66.. In the Select Publication List window, if needed, select specific subscribers instead of all of them, and\r\nthen click Select.\r\n77.. Click Next, configure the timing for sending the email, and then click Next.\r\n88.. Verify all the details of your email delivery. To make changes, click Back. When you're happy with the\r\nsetup, select This information is correct and this email is ready to send. and then click Schedule.\r\nSEE ALSO\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Nonprofits - NPSP\r\nUse Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries to its fullest potential and synchronize your Nonprofit\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Marketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products\r\nSuccess Pack data with Marketing Cloud.\r\nCreate an NPSP Synchronized Data Source\r\nCreate synchronized data sources to bring key stakeholder information from Salesforce to Marketing\r\nCloud.\r\nPopulate NPSP Data Extensions with Automation Studio\r\nUse Automation Studio to automatically refresh your Data Extension when your Data Source receives\r\nnew data from Salesforce\r\nCreate an Elevate Email with a Donate Now Button\r\nAdd a Donate Now button to emails to take donors to your Giving page.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Nonprofits License Information\r\nLearn about the licensing differences between Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries and\r\nMarketing Cloud Pro Edition.\r\nCreate an NPSP Synchronized Data Source\r\nCreate synchronized data sources to bring key stakeholder information from Salesforce to Marketing\r\nCloud.\r\nA synchronized data source automatically adds stakeholder information that you define to Marketing\r\nCloud. Create a synchronized data source that adds new and updated contact data from Salesforce to\r\nMarketing Cloud so you'll always have the most up-to-date information available for your marketing\r\nefforts.\r\nTo create a synchronized data source for contacts:\r\n11.. Log into Marketing Cloud.\r\n22.. Under Audience Builder, click Contact Builder.\r\n33.. Click Data Sources.\r\n44.. Click Synchronized.\r\n55.. Click the available data source tile.\r\n66.. Click + Set Up New Object.\r\n77.. Locate the Contact tile and click the Synchronize button for that tile.\r\n88.. Select the fields to synchronize. Salesforce for Nonprofits users select the following fields:\r\naa.. First Name\r\nbb.. Last Name\r\ncc.. Mailing Street\r\ndd.. Mailing City\r\nee.. Mailing State/Province\r\nff.. Mailing Zip/Postal Code\r\ngg.. npo02__FirstCloseDate__c\r\nhh.. npo02__LargestAmount__c\r\nii.. npo02__LastOppAmount__c\r\njj.. npo02__LastCloseDate__c\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for Ind\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Marketing Cloud Engagement For Industries\r\n\r\n- **Source PDF:** `marketing_cloud_engagement_for_industries_4-6-2026.pdf`\r\n- **Pages:** 27\r\n- **Extracted:** 2026-04-06","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries/README.md","heading":"Table of contents (from PDF)","body":"*Section files use **printed** page numbers from the PDF footer; `pdf_pages` in each file is the **PDF file** page range.*\r\n\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries Documentation](01-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-documentation.md) (printed p. 1; starts ~PDF p. 5)\r\n- [Get Started with Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries](02-get-started-with-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md) (printed p. 2; starts ~PDF p. 6)\r\n- [Learn About Email Templates](03-learn-about-email-templates.md) (printed p. 4; starts ~PDF p. 8)\r\n- [Adopting Marketing Cloud Business Units](04-adopting-marketing-cloud-business-units.md) (printed p. 5; starts ~PDF p. 9)\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries and Translation](05-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries-and-translation.md) (printed p. 11; starts ~PDF p. 15)\r\n- [Troubleshoot Marketing Cloud Engagement for Industries](06-troubleshoot-marketing-cloud-engagement-for-industries.md) (printed p. 13; starts ~PDF p. 17)\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Engagement with Your Products](07-marketing-cloud-engagement-with-your-products.md) (printed p. 15; starts ~PDF p. 19)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/01-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"01-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/01-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"01-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"5-6\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\n|  | Marketing Cloud Engagement |  |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n\r\nBuild relationships with engagement marketing tools, powered by AI. Marketing Cloud Engagement gives\r\nyou apps that help you design messaging and web content, organize and track customer engagement,\r\nand automate complex marketing campaigns.\r\n\r\n| Get Started Set Up Marketing Cloud Engagement Log into Marketing Cloud Engagement User Management Best Practices for Marketing Cloud Engagement Accounts | Run Your Business Get the Latest Release Notes Work Smarter with Automation Studio Automate and Extend with APIs | Connect Your Data Unify Data with Data 360 Integrate Multiple Data Pipelines Segment Subscribers with Contact Builder |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Engage Your Customers Create with Content Builder and CloudPages Reach the Inbox with Email Studio Send Messages with Mobile Studio Run Campaigns with Journey Builder Spread the Word with Advertising | Scale Your Strategy Dig in to Data and Analytics Act on Meaningful Insights Level Up with Other Salesforce Tools Stay in Sync with Package Manager Use AI to Power Personalization |  |\r\n\r\nNote For more information on which services are included in each Marketing Cloud Engagement or\r\nExactTarget edition, see our pricing docs.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement\r\nGet Started with","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n- **Source:** `marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf` — PDF pages **7–103** (printed TOC section).\r\n- **Split:** 2 files (~2500 lines each) for easier search and AI context windows.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_next","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Next (distinct product; Salesforce migration/upsell path from Engagement)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/README.md","heading":"Parts","body":"- [Part 1](part-01.md)\r\n- [Part 2](part-02.md)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_next","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Next (distinct product; Salesforce migration/upsell path from Engagement)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/part-01.md#0","file":"part-01.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/part-01.md","heading":"part-01","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement (part 1/2)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"7-103\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nGet Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nWith Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement, you gain access to the next-generation features of\r\nMarketing Cloud Next. You also keep all of the campaigns, data extensions, and journeys that you've\r\ncreated over the years in Marketing Cloud Engagement. It's the best of both worlds!\r\n\r\n| Learn More Access the Features of Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement Where to Start with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement Message Sending Recommendations | Configure Your Account Connect Marketing Cloud Engagement Set Up Marketing Performance Configure Data 360 Components Assign User Access Synchronize Data Extensions Set Up Business Units Configure Test Environments | Get to Know Campaigns and Flows Add a Journey to a Campaign Send Flow Members to a Journey Create and Use the Journey Decisioning Agent Marketing Cloud Next: How Campaigns and Flows Work Together Marketing Cloud Next: Working with Campaigns and Flows |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Analyze Send and Engagement Data Unified Reporting Concepts and Terminology View Engagement and Delivery Data Create Custom Analytics Reports Key Data Model Object Fields for Reporting Troubleshoot Reporting Issues | Understand Your Marketing Spend Track Message Usage in Digital Wallet Salesforce Message Credits | Discover Additional Resources Video Library for Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement Salesforce Help: Marketing Cloud Next Trailhead: Discover Salesforce Marketing Solutions |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nAccess the Features of Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nMarketing Cloud Next for Engagement unifies your existing Marketing Cloud Engagement data with\r\nthe Salesforce Platform. This integration enhances your marketing efforts by giving you access to more\r\nfeatures, and by giving you a single view of your overall marketing program. You can access these\r\nfeatures and capabilities from your existing Marketing Cloud Engagement account, or directly through\r\nthe Salesforce Platform.\r\nWhere to Start with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nTo find out which next-generation marketing features are the best first steps for you, consider whether\r\nyou already use Data 360 or Journey Builder. Think through which features are likely to bring the most\r\nvalue based on the entities and assets that you already have.\r\nRecommendations for Message Sending\r\nWith your Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement subscription, you can continue to send messages by\r\nusing the Marketing Cloud Engagement apps you know and love, such as Email Studio, Mobile Studio,\r\nand Journey Builder. You can also augment and extend your existing marketing programs by using\r\nSalesforce Platform tools such as Flow Builder to send your messages. The right product to use\r\ndepends on your objectives and use case.\r\nConfigure Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nBefore your marketing team can access the next-generation features of Marketing Cloud, get your\r\naccount ready by completing these setup steps. For most accounts, the setup process takes about 1-2\r\nhours to complete.\r\nBusiness Units in Marketing Cloud Next for Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nUse business units in Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement to scale and control your brand and your\r\nmarketing activities. Business units make it possible for divisions within an organization to focus on\r\ntheir own marketing objectives, while also enabling reporting and access control across the entire\r\nenterprise.\r\nWorking with Data Extensions\r\nBring the data from your existing Marketing Cloud Engagement data extensions into Data 360. Your\r\ndata can power the next-generation marketing capabilities of Marketing Cloud Next, including drag-\r\nand-drop segmentation, custom reporting, and flows with the power of Agentforce.\r\nWorking with Campaigns and Flows in Marketing Cloud Next for Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nSupercharge your Marketing Cloud Engagement content by adding it to campaigns and orchestrating\r\nit with flows.\r\nUnified Reporting Tools in Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nMarketing Cloud Next for Marketing Cloud Engagement includes two reporting tools that give you\r\ndeep insights into your sending and engagement data. These reports include data from Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement and Marketing Cloud Next.\r\nTrack Message Credit Usage in Digital Wallet\r\nUse the consumption cards in Digital Wallet to see how many messages your organization has sent\r\nfrom Marketing Cloud Next for Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nVideo Library for Marketing Cloud Next for Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nAccelerate your marketing journey with video walkthroughs that spotlight important features and\r\nsetup steps for Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nAccess the Features of Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nMarketing Cloud Next for Engagement unifies your existing Marketing Cloud Engagement data with the\r\nSalesforce Platform. This integration enhances your marketing efforts by giving you access to more\r\nfeatures, and by giving you a single view of your overall marketing program. You can access these\r\nfeatures and capabilities from your existing Marketing Cloud Engagement account, or directly through\r\nthe Salesforce Platform.\r\nRREEQQUUIIRREEDD EEDDIITTIIOONNSS\r\nAvailable in: Marketing Cloud Engagement Pro+, Corporate+, and Enterprise+ Editions\r\nHere's an overview of the features that are new to Engagement customers.\r\n•\r\nDigital Wallet-View spending information across Salesforce products. All marketing message usage\r\nappears in these reports, tagged by channel, date range, and business unit. SMS and WhatsApp\r\nchannels also break out message sends by destination country.\r\n•\r\nNext-Gen Campaigns-Organize your marketing initiatives with next-gen campaigns that combine\r\nassets, automations, and even Engagement journeys. Comprehensive engagement rolls up to the\r\ncampaign.\r\n•\r\nFlow Builder-Automate customer experiences and platform activities by adding triggers, branches,\r\ndecision points, and message send activities. These flows integrate natively with Service Cloud, Sales\r\nCloud, and Data 360.\r\n•\r\nSegments-Build highly targeted audiences, breaking down your universe of customers by\r\ndemographics, behaviors, and history. Available attributes include Engagement data, so you can\r\nconnect next-gen automation with geofencing, journey, or mobile activity data.\r\n•\r\nConversational Agents-Deploy AI agents that automate certain tasks, such as creating campaign\r\ncontent and managing approvals.\r\n•\r\nAgent-Powered Decisioning-Specify a group of journeys for customers to participate in and identify\r\nyour campaign goals. Agentforce determines the best journey based on the behavioral and\r\ndemographic trends for each customer.\r\n•\r\nMarketing Performance-View and share sending and engagement trends or analyze data with filters\r\nfor channel, date range, or account ID. These reports can combine data from Engagement and Next.\r\n•\r\nAnalytics-Create custom reports, pivot tables, and dashboards by using clicks, not code. Your reports\r\ncan include data from across the Salesforce Platform.\r\nAccess Marketing Cloud Next Features from Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nWhen you subscribe to Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement, a Next button appears in the navigation\r\nbar in Marketing Cloud Engagement. Use this menu to open the corresponding features on the\r\nSalesforce Platform.\r\n11.. Log in to Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n22.. In the navigation bar, click Next.\r\n33.. Select a destination.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n••\r\nAgentforce Builder-Build powerful agents to automate marketing and business processes.\r\n••\r\nAnalytics-Create custom reports in a drag and drop interface.\r\n••\r\nCampaigns-Organize all of your campaign content and integrate it with objects from across the\r\nSalesforce Platform.\r\n••\r\nFlow-Create workflows to automate your marketing campaigns.\r\n••\r\nMarketing Performance-View engagement data for your marketing messages.\r\n••\r\nSegments-Create highly targeted customer segments.\r\nAccess Marketing Cloud Next Features on the Salesforce Platform\r\nYou can also access the features of Marketing Cloud Next without logging in to Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\n11.. Log in to Salesforce.\r\nNote If you aren't sure which URL to use, contact your Salesforce administrator.\r\n22.. Click the App Launcher ( ).\r\n33.. In the search field, enter marketing, and then select Marketing.\r\n44.. Use the tabs at the top of the page to go to the section you want to access.\r\nFor example, to manage campaign content such as images and messages, click Content.\r\nWhere to Start with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nTo find out which next-generation marketing features are the best first steps for you, consider whether\r\nyou already use Data 360 or Journey Builder. Think through which features are likely to bring the most\r\nvalue based on the entities and assets that you already have.\r\nWhich combination of products do you use with Marketing Cloud Engagement?\r\n•\r\nI use Salesforce CRM and Data 360.\r\n•\r\nI use Salesforce CRM, but not Data 360.\r\n•\r\nI use Data 360, but I use a different CRM.\r\n•\r\nI use Engagement with different CRM and CDP apps.\r\nDigital Wallet: Monitor Data Usage and Cost\r\nMarketing Cloud Next for Engagement uses consumption billing for certain features and functionality.\r\nDigital Wallet tracks this consumption so that you can monitor spending and allocation. Standard and\r\ncustom reports and dashboards provide trend analysis and forecasting for budgeting purposes across\r\nbusiness units and lines of business. You can even set alerts to help you avoid overages.\r\nUnified Reporting: Aggregate Engagement Data Across Apps\r\nCreate insightful reports across Marketing Cloud Engagement activities and next-gen content that's\r\nbuilt in Marketing Cloud Next. These reports can include marketing data and data from other\r\nSalesforce products such Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, and Data 360. Best of all, marketers can create\r\nin-depth reports and dashboards using the drag-and-drop Tableau Next interface, without writing any\r\ncode.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\nSalesforce and Data 360 Users\r\nYou're already using Salesforce as your CRM and Data 360 for your customer data platform. Several\r\nMarketing Cloud Next features are ready to work with implementations like yours! Some features are\r\nnew to Engagement and available out of the box, while others require some preparation and\r\nconfiguration in Data 360.\r\nBased on the apps that you already use, these features can bring you value quickly with minimal setup.\r\nItems with an asterisk require Journey Builder.\r\nStart Here\r\n\r\n| Digital Wallet | View your digital wallet and create custom reports |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Campaigns and Flows | • Trigger Engagement emails via marketing flows • Relate Salesforce objects to next-gen campaigns • Connect next-gen campaigns to journeys* • Trigger Engagement journeys via marketing flows* |\r\n\r\nAfter you've successfully used these tools, consider tackling these more advanced use cases. These\r\nfeatures require more setup and configuration, particularly around your data model in Data 360 and the\r\nconnections across apps. Items with an asterisk require that you also use Journey Builder.\r\nTake the Next Steps\r\n\r\n| Agentforce | • Create agents and agent actions • Add agents to marketing flows • Trigger the next best Engagement journey* |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Channels and Messaging | • Set up conversational messaging for SMS • Set up conversational messaging for WhatsApp |\r\n\r\nSalesforce CRM Users\r\nSince you're already using \n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_next","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Next (distinct product; Salesforce migration/upsell path from Engagement)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/part-02.md#0","file":"part-02.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/part-02.md","heading":"part-02","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement (part 2/2)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"7-103\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nThis table lists the fields in the Digital Content DMO that you're likely to use when you use the unified\r\nreporting system to create reports related to WhatsApp messaging.\r\n\r\n| Field Label | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Data Source | A reference ID for the source of records identified |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n| Field Label | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | by an external record ID. |\r\n| Data Source Object | The ID of the data source that the object came from. |\r\n| Id | The message ID in Marketing Cloud Engagement. This ID is different from the asset ID. |\r\n| Name | The name of the asset in Content Builder. |\r\n\r\nMessage Engagement\r\nThe Message Engagement Data Model Object (DMO) contains information about the sending, delivery,\r\nand engagement of WhatsApp messages sent from your account.\r\nThis table lists the fields in the Message Engagement DMO that you're likely to use when you use the\r\nunified reporting system to create reports related to WhatsApp messaging. For a complete list of fields,\r\nAPI names, and data types for this DMO, see Data 360 DMO and Mapping Guide: Message Engagement\r\nDMO.\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Bulk Message ID | A job ID for the WhatsApp send. Use this field to join to BulkMessageDMO. |\r\n| Contact Point ID | A reference ID that's associated with the recipient's phone number. |\r\n| Country ID | An ID associated with the recipient's country. |\r\n| Data Source ID | The ID of the data source that's associated with the WhatsApp send. |\r\n| Data Source Object ID | The ID of the data source object that produced the WhatsApp send. |\r\n| Device Type | Indicates whether the recipient viewed the message on a mobile device or on a computer. |\r\n| Engagement Action Reason Text | A description of the reason that a WhatsApp error occurred. Available for NOT_SENT , FAILED , and WARNING events only. |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Engagement Channel Action | The type of engagement event that occurred. Possible values are: • DR -The status of an inbound message is available. Retrieve it in your WhatsApp Business account. • INBOUND -A customer sent a message to you. • SEND_STATUS -The message was sent and the resulting status is available. If your account used Data 360 with the Marketing Cloud Engagement channel bundles before the Winter '26 release, the possible values for this field are: • Inbound -A customer sent a message to you. • Sent -The message has been sent but hasn't been delivered to the recipient's device. • Undelivered -The message couldn't be delivered to the recipient's device. |\r\n| Engagement Channel Type ID | A reference ID to the type of engagement channel. For the WhatsApp channel, the value of this field is WHATSAPP . |\r\n| Engagement Date Time | The date and time when the engagement event occurred. |\r\n| Engagement Event Direction ID | Indicates where the event originated. Possible values: • Inbound -The message was sent from a customer to your brand. • Outbound -The message was sent from your brand to a customer. |\r\n| Engagement Notes | Indicates the Salesforce product that the message was sent from. Possible value: MARKETING_CLOUD_ENGAGEMENT . |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| ErrorMessageText | A description of the reason that a WhatsApp error occurred. Available for NOT_SENT , FAILED , and WARNING events only. This field contains the same information as the Engagement Action Reason Text field. |\r\n| ID | The unique ID of the engagement event. |\r\n| Individual ID | The ID of the unified individual that the message was sent to. |\r\n| Internal Organization ID | The ID of the business unit or other internal organization that owns the business account. This ID can also refer to a Marketing Cloud Engagement member ID (MID). |\r\n| Marketing Journey Activity ID | The ID of the journey activity that sent the message. Use this value to join to Journey Builder DMOs. |\r\n| Marketing Batch Number | The batch ID for the WhatsApp send. |\r\n| Message Recipient Send Status | The status of an attempt to deliver a message. Possible values: • NOT_SENT -The message wasn't sent to the WhatsApp platform. • SENT -The WhatsApp platform accepted the message. • DELIVERED -The message was successfully delivered to the recipient. • READ -The recipient viewed the message. • FAILED -The WhatsApp platform was unable to deliver the message to the handset. • WARNING -The WhatsApp platform flagged the message content. |\r\n| Message Text | The text in the message body. |\r\n| Messaging Error Code | A status code that indicates the reason a message |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | wasn't delivered. This field is only provided for messages where the value of the Engagement Channel Action ID field is NOT_SENT , FAILED , or UNDELIVERED . The error code begins with MC if the error code originated from Marketing Cloud, or WA if the error code originated from the WhatsApp platform. |\r\n| Recipient Message ID | A unique ID for each instance of an outbound or inbound message. |\r\n| Send Classification ID | The send classification for the message send, which impacts the price you pay for each message. Possible values: • Promotional -Messages sent for a marketing- related purpose. • Transactional -Messages sent in response to a customer action, such as a confirmation or authentication message. |\r\n| Sender Code | The WhatsApp channel ID that was used to send the message. |\r\n| Sender Display Name | The sender name that was used to send the message. |\r\n| Send Time Phone Number | The recipient's phone number. |\r\n\r\nKey Push Data Model Objects for Unified Reporting\r\nIn the unified reporting system for Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement, there are three data model\r\nobjects (DMOs) that contain helpful data for creating reports related to push messaging. These DMOs\r\ncontain information about your send definitions, engagement data, and message content.\r\nRREEQQUUIIRREEDD EEDDIITTIIOONNSS\r\nAvailable in: Marketing Cloud Engagement Pro+, Corporate+, and Enterprise+ Editions\r\nThese DMOs contain information that's useful for creating reports that focus on Push messages:\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n•\r\nBulk Message: Contains metadata about your messages, such as the campaign ID and send method.\r\nThe data applies to push messages that you send from Automation Studio and Journey Builder in\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. It also contains data for API-triggered messages.\r\n•\r\nDigital Content: Contains metadata about the send.\r\n•\r\nDevice Application Engagement: Contains send and engagement data related to push messages.\r\nBulk Message\r\nThe Bulk Message DMO contains metadata related to a push send, based on the send definition in\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nThis table lists the fields in the Bulk Message DMO that you're likely to use when you create push-related\r\nreports in the unified reporting system.\r\n\r\n| Field Label | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Campaign ID | The ID of the campaign in Marketing Cloud Next that sent the bulk send. This ID isn't the same as a campaign ID from Marketing Cloud Engagement. |\r\n| Data Source ID | The ID of the Marketing Cloud Engagement enterprise ID (EID) that the data came from. |\r\n| Data Source Object ID | The ID of the Marketing Cloud Engagement data stream that the data came from. |\r\n| Engagement Channel ID | The messaging channel of the message. For push messages, the value of this field is PUSH NOTIFICATION . |\r\n| ID | The job ID of the send. For journey sends, this value contains the ID of the journey activity that sent the message. |\r\n| Name | The name of the send definition used to send the push message. For journey sends, this value contains the name of the journey activity that sent the message. |\r\n| Send Method Type | The mechanism used to send the push message. Possible values are: • API Triggered |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n| Field Label | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | • Automation Studio • Journey • User Initiated |\r\n\r\nDigital Content\r\nThe Digital Content DMO contains information about the content that's associated with your message\r\nsends.\r\nThis table lists the fields in the Digital Content DMO that you're likely to use when you use the unified\r\nreporting system to create reports related to push messaging.\r\n\r\n| Field Label | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Data Source | A reference ID for the source of records identified by an external record ID. |\r\n| Data Source Object | The ID of the data source that the object came from. |\r\n| Id | The message ID in Marketing Cloud Engagement. This ID is different from the asset ID. |\r\n| Name | For Mobile Studio, API Triggered, and Automation Studio sends, this field contains the name of the send definition. For journey and transactional sends, this field contains the name of the asset in Content Builder. |\r\n\r\nDevice Application Engagement\r\nThe Device Application Engagement data model object (DMO) contains information about the sending,\r\ndelivery, and engagement of mobile app messages sent from your account.\r\nThis table lists the fields in the Message Engagement DMO that you're likely to use when you use the\r\nunified reporting system to create reports related to mobile app messaging.\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Bulk Message ID | A job ID for the send. Use this field to join to the BulkMessage DMO. |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Device ID | The unique device ID associated with the app user's device. |\r\n| Device Locale ID | The locale that applies to the app user's device. |\r\n| Device Model Name | The model name of the app user's device, such as Google Pixel 7 . |\r\n| Data Source Object ID | The ID of the data source object that produced the send. |\r\n| Engagement Action Reason Text | A description of the reason that an error occurred. Available for NOT_SENT and BOUNCE events only. |\r\n| Engagement Channel Action | The type of engagement event that occurred. Possible values are: • APP OPEN -An app session occured. The event is logged when the session is complete and the app is closed or moved to the background. • BOUNCE -The push notification service, such as Firebase Cloud Messaging (FCM) or Apple Push Notification service (APNs), rejected the message. • DELIVERED -The message was successfully delivered to the push notification service. • ENTERED -The device entered a geofence. • EXITED -The device exited a geofence. • OPEN -The user opened the notification. • SEND_STATUS -The message was sent and the resulting status is available. If your account used Data 360 with the Marketing Cloud Engagement channel bundles before the Winter '26 release, the possible values for this field are: • Geofence Entry -The device entered a geofence. • Geofence Exit -The device exited a geofence. |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Get Started with Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement\r\n\r\n| Field | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | • Open -The user opened the notification. • Send -The message was sent and the resulting status is available. • Undelivered -The push notification service rejected the message. |\r\n| Engagement Channel ID | The type of engagement channel. For mobile app messaging, the value of this field is MOBILE APP MESSAGING . If your account used Data 360 with the Marketing Cloud Engagement channel bundles befor\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_next","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Next (distinct product; Salesforce migration/upsell path from Engagement)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/03-marketing-cloud-engagement-tenant-types.md#0","file":"03-marketing-cloud-engagement-tenant-types.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/03-marketing-cloud-engagement-tenant-types.md","heading":"03-marketing-cloud-engagement-tenant-types","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement Tenant Types\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"104-104\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Tenant Types\r\nData Extensions\r\n\r\n| Synchronize Data Extensions with Marketing Cloud Next (11:37) | Watch the video: https://play.vidyard.com/ tXk3TeMAV2suGsojLDyVgR |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n\r\nReporting and Analytics\r\n\r\n| Analytics Dashboards in Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement (2:57) | Watch the video: https://play.vidyard.com/ J6JH3LhF1CdEwzdeYDP9Xf |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Custom Reports in Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement (3:47) | Watch the video: https://play.vidyard.com/ TWad1Hs8V3DoiBiQsKGs9q |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Tenant Types\r\nLearn about the different types of tenants in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nThe definition of a tenant depends on the type of Marketing Cloud Engagement account you use:\r\n•\r\nEnterprise 2.0 accounts-The top-level account and all associated business units under it.\r\n•\r\nEnterprise accounts-The top-level account and all associated On-Your-Behalf or Lock & Publish\r\nbusiness units.\r\n•\r\nCore accounts-The single account.\r\n•\r\nAgency accounts-Each top-level account and each associated client account is a separate tenant.\r\nEach Core account, top-level Enterprise or Enterprise 2.0 accounts, Agency account, and any associated\r\nchild accounts have a member ID (MID) value that identifies the entity. Tenants can include a single or\r\nmultiple MIDs, depending on the account type.\r\nComparison of Salesforce-Hosted and Hyperforce\r\nEnvironments\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement is hosted in two environments. The first environment uses servers that\r\nSalesforce hosts, operates, and maintains. The second environment, called Hyperforce, is built on public\r\ncloud services. Hyperforce offers several benefits over Salesforce-hosted instances, and there are\r\ndifferences between the features available in Salesforce-hosted environments and the features available\r\non Hyperforce.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/04-comparison-of-salesforce-hosted-and-hyperforce-environments.md#0","file":"04-comparison-of-salesforce-hosted-and-hyperforce-environments.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/04-comparison-of-salesforce-hosted-and-hyperforce-environments.md","heading":"04-comparison-of-salesforce-hosted-and-hyperforce-environments","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Comparison of Salesforce-Hosted and Hyperforce Environments\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"104-108\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nComparison of Salesforce-Hosted and Hyperforce Environments\r\nHyperforce Benefits\r\nSalesforce products that run on Hyperforce benefit from its integration of enhanced standards for\r\ncompliance, security, agility, and scalability, and from Salesforce's commitment to privacy. Benefits of\r\nHyperforce include:\r\n•\r\nData Residency and Compliance: Hyperforce instances offer global reach while giving you choice and\r\ncontrol over where your customer data resides. This feature of the Hyperforce environment makes it\r\npossible for you to obtain additional compliance certifications.\r\n•\r\nScalability: Hyperforce instances can flexibly and sustainably scale to meet your business needs.\r\n•\r\nSecurity: By default, customer data in Hyperforce is encrypted at rest and in transit. Hyperforce\r\ninstances are secured using least-privilege access controls and zero-trust principles.\r\n•\r\nPrivacy: Hyperforce provides comprehensive privacy standards that help give you more control over\r\nyour customer data.\r\n•\r\nAgility: Because it's built on the public cloud, Hyperforce provides interoperability with other public\r\ncloud services.\r\n•\r\nReliability: Hyperforce is hosted across multiple availability zones, giving your organization support for\r\ntight Recovery Point Objective (RPO) and Recovery Time Objective (RTO) SLAs.\r\nRegional Availability\r\nSalesforce-hosted environments are based in the European Union and the United States.\r\nHyperforce environments are built on public cloud services based in Australia, Canada, India, and Japan.\r\nFeature Support\r\nThis table lists differences in Marketing Cloud Engagement features for accounts deployed in Salesforce-\r\nhosted environments compared to Hyperforce environments. The contents of this table are subject to\r\nchange.\r\n\r\n| Service | Feature | Notes |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Email Studio | Bring your own certificate (BYOC) for Sender Authentication Package | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Configure Sender Authentication Package and Private Domain via user interface | Not available on Hyperforce. To configure these features in Salesforce-hosted accounts, contact Salesforce Customer Support. |\r\n|  | Email Archiving | Not available on Hyperforce. For Salesforce-hosted accounts, an |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Comparison of Salesforce-Hosted and Hyperforce Environments\r\n\r\n|  |  | add-on purchase is required to use this feature. |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  | Dedicated Message Transfer Agents | Not available on Hyperforce. For Salesforce-hosted accounts, an add-on purchase is required to use this feature. |\r\n|  | Domain Allowlist | On Hyperforce, similar functionality is available by performing redirect validation on CloudPages. |\r\n|  | Web Collect | On Hyperforce, similar functionality is available by using AMPscript or SSJS on a CloudPages page to add customer information to a data extension. |\r\n|  | DE Manager | On Hyperforce, similar functionality is available by using AMPscript or SSJS on a CloudPages page to add customer information to a data extension. |\r\n|  | S/MIME Support | Not Available on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Email File Attachments | An add-on purchase is required to use this feature. Attachments from the SFTP folder aren't supported on Hyperforce. Attachments from Content Builder and via URL are supported. |\r\n| Journey Builder | High Throughput Sending | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n| Automation Studio | Enhanced SFTP | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Custom Extracts | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n| Marketing Cloud Advertising | ― | On Hyperforce, similar functionality is available using Advertising Audiences in Data 360. Journey Builder Ad Campaign and Ad Audience activities aren't |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Comparison of Salesforce-Hosted and Hyperforce Environments\r\n\r\n|  |  | available on Hyperforce. |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Audience Builder | Contact Builder | On Hyperforce, similar functionality is available by using Data 360 segmentation and activation. |\r\n| Analytics Builder | Standard Reports | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Custom Reports | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Intelligence Reports for Engagement | Email and MobilePush channels are supported on Hyperforce using Data 360 Reports and Dashboards. Reporting for WhatsApp Direct and In-App channels isn't available on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Intelligence Reports for Engagement Advanced | Not available on Hyperforce. For Salesforce-hosted accounts, an add-on purchase is required to use this feature. |\r\n| Security | Tokenized Sending | This functionality isn't available or necessary in Hyperforce because of its data residency capabilities. |\r\n|  | Unsecured HTTP postbacks for asynchronous APIs | On Hyperforce, only HTTPS postbacks are supported. |\r\n|  | Unsecured HTTP Sender Authentication Package custom domains | On Hyperforce, custom domains use HTTPS by default. |\r\n|  | Marketing Cloud Shield (shared database) | Marketing Cloud Shield is available on Hyperforce using a dedicated database. For Salesforce-hosted accounts, an add-on purchase is required to use this feature. |\r\n|  | Marketing Cloud Shield (dedicated database) | You must purchase this license together with a Dedicated Data |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Comparison of Salesforce-Hosted and Hyperforce Environments\r\n\r\n|  |  | Environment license. On Hyperforce, this feature includes Bring Your Own Key and Advanced Audit Trail, and data-at-rest encryption is enabled by default. You can also purchase Advanced Audit Trail separately. On Hyperforce, this license can only be provisioned when your Marketing Cloud Engagement account is first configured. This license can't be provisioned as a later add-on. |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Other Applications | Marketing Cloud Intelligence | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Marketing Cloud Personalization | On Hyperforce, similar functionality is available using Personalizationon Data 360. |\r\n|  | Marketing Cloud Einstein | Einstein Services aren't available with data residency on Hyperforce in Canada or India. Einstein Email and Web Recommendations aren't available with data residency on Hyperforce. |\r\n|  | Marketing Cloud MobilePush | Always use the latest version of the MobilePush SDK for optimal performance. Minimum required SDK versions: • Android: 8.2.2 • iOS: 8.1.4 Certain features, such as custom events and adaptive throttling, aren't supported in earlier versions. |\r\n|  | Dedicated Data Environment | On Hyperforce, this feature can only be provisioned when your Marketing Cloud Engagement |","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n\r\n- **Source:** `marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf` — PDF pages **109–404** (printed TOC section).\r\n- **Split:** 5 files (~2500 lines each) for easier search and AI context windows.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/README.md","heading":"Parts","body":"- [Part 1](part-01.md)\r\n- [Part 2](part-02.md)\r\n- [Part 3](part-03.md)\r\n- [Part 4](part-04.md)\r\n- [Part 5](part-05.md)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-01.md#0","file":"part-01.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-01.md","heading":"part-01","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup (part 1/5)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"109-404\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n\r\n|  |  | account is first configured. It can't be added later. |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Partner Connect | ― | Not available on Hyperforce. |\r\n\r\nFor more information, contact your Salesforce account executive.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Setup is a centralized location for viewing and managing your account. It\r\nalso contains links to other helpful sources of information.\r\nSetup Assistant\r\nUse the Setup Assistant to configure a new Marketing Cloud Engagement account so that you can take\r\nadvantage of all of its features.\r\nLimits and Guidelines\r\nThere are limits that apply to your usage of Marketing Cloud Engagement. Salesforce implements\r\nsome of these limits, and some are due to external factors.\r\nAccount Settings in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nMarketing admins can control configuration information in Account Settings. Key information\r\nregarding your account is stored here, and an admin can modify that information for users.\r\nBusiness Units in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nBusiness units let you control access to and the sharing of information. Use the hierarchical structure\r\nof business units to control your brand while enabling access to messaging technologies to your users.\r\nManage user roles for the business unit, view users who have access to the business unit, and define\r\nfilter criteria for subscribers. Business units are available in Enterprise and Enterprise 2.0 accounts.\r\nSecurity Settings and Tools for Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nSecurity Settings include parameters for session timeout, username and password conventions, and\r\nlockout logic. These features help improve the security of your account.\r\nFeature Settings\r\nReview and configure settings for Marketing Cloud Engagement features.\r\nRoles and Permissions in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nUse roles and permissions to grant your users access to the areas and features that pertain to their job\r\nfunctions.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Users\r\nAn admin can manage users in Setup for Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement User Preferences\r\nUser preferences manage the information and behavior a user encounters in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nAccount Login Access\r\nEnable Account Login Access to give Salesforce Support permission to log in to your account to\r\nconfigure features or troubleshoot problems.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nAuthorizing File Locations\r\nA file transfer location is an external public cloud file storage location or FTP site used to transfer files\r\nto or from Marketing Cloud Engagement. For example, to import encrypted files from an Amazon\r\nSimple Storage Service (S3) bucket, you set up an Amazon S3 file location. The location settings give\r\nauthorization details to access the files in your bucket.\r\nSFTP Accounts in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nSSH File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) is a method of securely transferring data from one computer to\r\nanother over the internet. Use the Marketing Cloud Engagement SFTP server to import lists, export\r\nanalytics data, and extract customer data. You can also use the SFTP server with Data Extract and File\r\nTransfer activities in Automation Studio.\r\nKey Management\r\nSecurity keys and other settings are used to encrypt and decrypt data, digitally sign email messages,\r\nand implement SAML single sign-on (SSO). The encryption applies only to information stored in\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement and not in other Salesforce apps.\r\nEnable Data Governance Permissions for Marketing Cloud Engagement Objects\r\nTo use Data 360 Data Governance features for Marketing Cloud Engagement, you need to grant access\r\nto the impacted objects according to an access policy.\r\nSetup Assistant\r\nUse the Setup Assistant to configure a new Marketing Cloud Engagement account so that you can take\r\nadvantage of all of its features.\r\nSetup Assistant guides you through the process of configuring Marketing Cloud Engagement for your use\r\ncase. It also helps you implement a data structure that meets the needs of your organization. At the end\r\nof the process, you create, send, and track an email message.\r\nLimits and Guidelines\r\nThere are limits that apply to your usage of Marketing Cloud Engagement. Salesforce implements some\r\nof these limits, and some are due to external factors.\r\nOverview\r\nWe group limits into two categories: usage limits and scale limits. When usage limits are exceeded,\r\nfeatures can become unavailable, performance can be throttled, or billing charges can be applied. Usage\r\nlimits are typically related to resource consumption. For example, the maximum size of a data extension\r\nor the maximum number of objects in an API request are both usage limits.\r\nScale limits are typically related to throughput rates that can't be exceeded. Scale limits are often outside\r\nof the control of Salesforce. For example, mobile phone carriers in many countries impose limits on the\r\nvolume of messages that can be sent from a single phone number in a given period. This external factor\r\ncreates a limitation on the scale of a campaign that sends SMS messages.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nAPI Limits and Guidelines\r\nUse the Marketing Cloud Engagement APIs to integrate your applications and other technology\r\nsystems with Marketing Cloud Engagement. To protect our Service and ensure the availability of\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement for all customers, Salesforce places limits on API usage.\r\nData Extension Limits and Guidelines\r\nThe size and structure of your data extension and contact attribute data can impact their\r\nperformance. To optimize the performance of your data extensions and contact attributes, stay within\r\nrecommended ranges.\r\nData Retention Limits and Guidelines\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement limits how long it stores some of the data related to your account.\r\nDatabase Query Limits and Guidelines\r\nQuery limits protect the health and performance of the Marketing Cloud Engagement database. There\r\nare two types of limits: hard and soft. If you issue a query that exceeds a hard limit, the request is\r\nrejected. You can exceed a soft limit, but doing so can degrade performance. Salesforce reserves the\r\nright to limit the execution of queries that exceed soft limits if they cause system performance or\r\nsecurity issues.\r\nEmail Limits and Guidelines\r\nThere are several ways to use Marketing Cloud Engagement to send email, including Email Studio,\r\nJourney Builder, SOAP API, and REST API. When you send email, there are limits that apply to\r\nthroughput, file size, and data retention policies.\r\nSMS Limits and Guidelines\r\nGet to know the limits that apply to sending SMS messages in MobileStudio.\r\nPush Notification Limits and Guidelines\r\nLearn about the limits that apply to creating and sending push notifications to users of your app.\r\nSee Also\r\nLimits in Marketing Cloud Personalization (formerly Interaction Studio)\r\nAPI Limits and Guidelines\r\nUse the Marketing Cloud Engagement APIs to integrate your applications and other technology systems\r\nwith Marketing Cloud Engagement. To protect our Service and ensure the availability of Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement for all customers, Salesforce places limits on API usage.\r\nLimit Types\r\nThere are two types of API limits. A hard limit is one that you can't exceed. In most cases, if you issue an\r\nAPI request that exceeds a hard limit, the API rejects the request and returns an error.\r\nA soft limit is one that can degrade performance if you exceed it. Salesforce reserves the right to rate\r\nlimit API requests if they cause system performance or security issues. In some cases, you must purchase\r\nadditional licenses or allocations if you exceed a soft limit.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nGeneral API Limits\r\nThe limits in this section apply to both the Marketing Cloud Engagement SOAP and REST APIs.\r\n\r\n| Resource | Limit | Limit Type | Details |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Maximum API request volume | The limit depends on your edition • Pro: 2 million requests per year • Corporate: 6 million requests per year • Enterprise: 200 million requests per year | Soft limit | You can purchase an additional allocation of contacts or API requests. Contact your account executive for more information. |\r\n| Maximum number of asynchronous requests per day | 50 million requests per day | Soft limit | This limit applies to asynchronous REST API and SOAP API requests. |\r\n| Maximum number of access token requests | 1 request every 20 minutes per client machine | Soft limit | Don't request a new token with every API request. Instead, use the expires_in parameter in the response to a token request to determine how long an existing access token remains valid. Request a new token only when the existing token expires. |\r\n| Maximum batch size for synchronous API requests | 50 objects | Soft limit | - |\r\n| Maximum batch size for asynchronous API requests | 32,000 objects | Hard limit | - |\r\n| Minimum request timeout period for synchronous API requests | The timeout period depends on the type | Soft limit | Match the timeout values of your API clients with these values. |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n\r\n| Resource | Limit | Limit Type | Details |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  | of API operation • 300 seconds for tracking and data retrieval operations • 120 seconds for non-tracking operations |  |  |\r\n| Minimum request timeout period for asynchronous API requests | 30 seconds | Soft limit | Match the timeout values of your API clients with these values. |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement REST API Limits\r\nThe Marketing Cloud Engagement REST API gives you broad access to the features and capabilities of\r\nseveral apps, including Content Builder and Journey Builder.\r\n\r\n| Resource | Limit | Limit Type | Details |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| Maximum request rate for Transactional Messaging API requests | 1,000 requests per second for static and simple messages | Soft limit | A static message contains no content blocks or personalization elements. A simple message includes one HTML content block and 1-2 personalization elements, such as the recipient's name and order number. Transactional messages that include more than one content block and personalization elements other than name and order |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n\r\n| Resource | Limit | Limit Type | Details |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  |  |  | number have lower throughput rates. |\r\n| Maximum request rate for batched Transactional Messaging API requests | 250 requests per second | Soft limit | This limit assumes a batch size of 50 recipients per request and a static or simple message body. |\r\n| Maximum request rate for synchronous Device API requests | 4,000 requests per minute | Soft limit | - |\r\n| Maximum request rate for synchronous API requests | 2,500 requests per minute | Soft limit | This limit applies to all API requests except Device API requests and access token requests. |\r\n| Maximum number of concurrent connections | 100 connections | Soft limit | - |\r\n| Maximum request payload size for Auth API | 8 KB | Hard limit | - |\r\n| Maximum request payload size for Data API | 5.9 MB | Hard limit | - |\r\n| Maximum request payload size for Asset API | 25 MB | Hard limit | - |\r\n| Maximum request payload size for Messaging API | 16 MB | Hard limit | - |\r\n| Maximum request payload size for Automation API | 27.9 MB | Hard limit | - |\r\n| Maximum request payload size for all other Marketing Cloud Engagement APIs | 4 MB | Hard limit | - |\r\n| Maximum batch size for | 5,000 objects | Hard limit | - |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n\r\n| Resource | Limit | L\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-02.md#0","file":"part-02.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-02.md","heading":"part-02","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup (part 2/5)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"109-404\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| *.exct.net | Link tracking in Subscription Center (if SAP domain isn't applied) |\r\n| *.sfmc-content.com | CloudPages and Content Builder asset URLs (if SAP domain isn't applied) |\r\n| *.sfmc-marketing.com | View as a Web Page (if SAP domain isn't applied) |\r\n\r\nAll Instances for Tenant-Specific Endpoints Users\r\nAll users can add these IP addresses to allowlists regardless of which Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\ninstance their tenant is hosted on. These IP addresses allow traffic for tenant-specific Engagement\r\nendpoints that are assigned to your tenant. You don't have to change any previously allowlisted IP\r\naddresses.\r\nIP Addresses for Authentication API Calls\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.215\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.230\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.176\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.83\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.26\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.57\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.185\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.238\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.240\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.92\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.45\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.47\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.82\r\n•\r\n13.111.67.58\r\n•\r\n13.110.204.28\r\n•\r\n96.43.154.30\r\n•\r\n161.71.33.239\r\n•\r\n159.92.152.26\r\nIP Addresses for REST API Calls\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.216\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.231\r\n•\r\n161.71.33.240\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.177\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.84\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.27\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.58\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.186\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.239\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.93\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.46\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.48\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.83\r\n•\r\n13.111.67.59\r\n•\r\n13.110.204.29\r\n•\r\n96.43.154.31\r\n•\r\n159.92.152.27\r\nIP Addresses for SOAP API Calls\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.179\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.218\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.233\r\n•\r\n161.71.33.234\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.86\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.29\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.60\r\n•\r\n13.111.67.53\r\n•\r\n13.110.204.43\r\n•\r\n96.43.154.35\r\n•\r\n161.71.33.234\r\n•\r\n159.92.152.41\r\nIP Addresses for FTP Integrations\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.173\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.212\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.227\r\n•\r\n159.92.152.23\r\n•\r\n161.71.33.231\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.80\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.23\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.54\r\n•\r\n13.111.67.50\r\n•\r\n13.110.204.24\r\n•\r\n96.43.154.27\r\nIP Addresses for Device Integrations\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.178\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.217\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.232\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.85\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.28\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.59\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nIP Addresses for WhatsApp Integrations\r\n•\r\n54.155.83.128\r\n•\r\n54.78.194.39\r\n•\r\n54.76.19.159\r\nInstance-Specific IP Addresses\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement accounts use a pool of IP addresses that vary depending on send volume\r\nby default. You can configure an Engagement account to use a dedicated IP address, often with private\r\ndomains. If your account uses a dedicated IP address, add it to your allowlist. Otherwise, allowlist these\r\naddresses based on the instance of your Engagement account. To determine if your account uses a\r\ndedicated IP address, contact Salesforce Customer Support. For information about adding dedicated IP\r\naddresses, contact your account executive.\r\nNote All EMEA tenants use the S50 instance. All data for those tenants use EMEA-based servers only.\r\nS1 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n207.67.38.30\r\n•\r\n207.67.38.42\r\n•\r\n207.250.68.26\r\n•\r\n207.67.38.26-27\r\n•\r\n207.67.38.29\r\n•\r\n66.231.83.109\r\n•\r\n66.231.85.170\r\n•\r\n66.231.85.201\r\n•\r\n66.231.93.184\r\n•\r\n66.231.92.253\r\n•\r\n136.147.181.105-110\r\n•\r\n13.111.30.229-232\r\n•\r\n13.111.39.251-253\r\n•\r\n206.246.157.1\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.24-31\r\n•\r\n13.111.250.0-15\r\n•\r\n198.245.82.66-68\r\nS4 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n68.232.199.1\r\n•\r\n68.232.192.104-106\r\n•\r\n68.232.192.153\r\n•\r\n68.232.193.193\r\n•\r\n68.232.192.196\r\n•\r\n68.232.192.198\r\n•\r\n198.245.88.98\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\n199.122.127.251\r\n•\r\n13.111.11.213-316\r\n•\r\n136.147.137.252-254\r\n•\r\n66.231.94.250\r\n•\r\n199.122.126.144-151\r\n•\r\n13.111.251.0-15\r\n•\r\n68.232.202.41-42\r\nS6 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n68.232.200.1\r\n•\r\n68.232.200.2\r\n•\r\n68.232.200.250\r\n•\r\n68.232.200.3\r\n•\r\n207.67.38.42\r\n•\r\n198.245.87.251\r\n•\r\n13.111.27.193-196\r\n•\r\n13.111.27.239-241\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.57\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.17-22\r\n•\r\n13.111.250.16-31\r\n•\r\n198.245.82.66-68\r\nS7 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n136.147.131.11-18\r\n•\r\n13.111.28.188-192\r\n•\r\n13.111.24.210-214\r\n•\r\n13.111.29.241-244\r\n•\r\n13.111.65.250-252\r\n•\r\n136.147.128.1-14\r\n•\r\n13.111.82.0-31\r\n•\r\n136.147.129.210\r\nS10 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n13.111.19.65-78\r\n•\r\n13.111.19.82-83\r\n•\r\n13.111.19.212-215\r\n•\r\n13.111.112.246-248\r\n•\r\n13.111.17.4-14\r\n•\r\n13.111.17.49\r\n•\r\n13.111.17.34-38\r\nS11 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n13.111.105.65-79\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\n13.111.156.145-149\r\n•\r\n13.111.66.0-13\r\nS12 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n13.110.208.0/24\r\n•\r\n13.110.210.190-197\r\n•\r\n13.110.209.10-15\r\n•\r\n13.110.211.206-213\r\n•\r\n13.110.209.7-8\r\n•\r\n13.110.230.96-105\r\n•\r\n13.110.234.222-231\r\n•\r\n13.110.208.5-15\r\nS13 (AMER)\r\n•\r\n128.245.242.1-15\r\n•\r\n128.245.248.210-229\r\n•\r\n96.43.155.5-15\r\nS50 (EMEA)\r\n•\r\n161.71.34.65-79\r\n•\r\n161.71.67.172-179\r\n•\r\n161.71.69.112\r\n•\r\n161.71.66.27\r\n•\r\n161.71.65.176\r\n•\r\n161.71.32.5-15\r\nS51 (EMEA)\r\n•\r\n159.92.156.5-15\r\n•\r\n159.92.157.1-15\r\nIntelligence Reports for Engagements\r\nUse these domains and IP addresses for Marketing Cloud Intelligence reports inclusion.\r\nRequired Domains\r\n•\r\n*.datorama.com\r\n•\r\n*.datorama-res.com\r\n•\r\ndb.onlinewebfonts.com\r\n•\r\ndata.pendo.io\r\nIP Addresses\r\n•\r\n54.163.226.11 (US)\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\n54.83.10.143 (US)\r\n•\r\n54.227.219.146 (US)\r\n•\r\n35.157.8.65 (EU)\r\n•\r\n54.93.174.35 (EU)\r\nNotification and Identity Validation Emails\r\nIP Addresses for multi-factor authentication (MFA)\r\nTo permit MFA verification communications for your tenant, place these addresses on your mail\r\nexchange allowlist regardless of instance.\r\n•\r\n13.111.157.253\r\n•\r\n13.111.171.210-211\r\n\r\n| S1 | S4 | S6 | S7 |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| 207.67.38.45 | 68.232.207.20 | 207.67.38.45 | 136.147.131.1-2 |\r\n\r\n| S10 | S11 | S12 | S50 |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| 13.111.19.82-83 | 13.111.105.208-209 | 13.110.209.5 | 161.71.34.1-2 |\r\n\r\nGlobal Support IP Addresses\r\nTo receive emails from Salesforce Customer Support, add these IP addresses to your mail exchange\r\nallowlist.\r\n•\r\n96.43.144.64-65\r\n•\r\n96.43.148.64-65\r\n•\r\n182.50.78.64-79\r\n•\r\n204.14.232.64-79\r\n•\r\n204.14.234.64-79\r\nStandard Email Reply Mail Management Notification\r\nAccounts that use custom RMM settings with a Sender Profile using the forward triggered send setting\r\ndon't need to allowlist these IP addresses.\r\n\r\n| S1 | S4 | S6 | S7 |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| 13.111.33.128 | 13.111.11.148 | 13.111.27.13 | 13.111.34.64 |\r\n\r\n| S10 | S11 | S12 | S13 | S50 | S51 |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n| 13.111.19.1 | 13.111.105.64 | 13.110.209.5 | 128.245.242.1 | 161.71.34.1-2 | 159.92.157.16 |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n\r\n| S10 | S11 | S12 | S13 | S50 | S51 |\r\n| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  |  |  | 6 |  |  |\r\n\r\nOther IP Addresses for Integrations and External Access\r\nAdd these IP addresses to your allowlists only if you meet one of these criteria.\r\n•\r\nYou use software or applications that integrate with Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\nYou require external access from our application to perform remote calls on customer resources.\r\n•\r\nYou can perform remote file transfers, pull in email lists, or remotely fetch web content.\r\nS1\r\nFor webservice.exacttarget.com as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.91.118\r\n•\r\n68.232.201.179\r\nFor rest.s1.exacttarget.com service as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.91.244\r\nFor Enterprise 2.0 and cloud connector as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.91.251\r\nFor the Enhanced FTP function as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.91.46\r\nFor webservice-auth.exacttarget.com as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.91.216\r\nFor outbound communication, such as tokenized sending, FTP, HTTP POST, and HTTP GET, as part of\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. For importing and exporting files to external file locations, such as\r\nAmazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Azure Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, or an external\r\nSFTP site.\r\n•\r\n13.111.250.0-15\r\nS4 (Including Production)\r\nFor webservice.s4.exacttarget.com as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.94.116\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\n198.245.89.218\r\nFor rest.s4.exacttarget.com service as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.94.227\r\nFor Enterprise 2.0 as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.94.247\r\n•\r\n68.232.204.9\r\nFor the Enhanced FTP function as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n66.231.94.106\r\nFor Marketing Cloud Engagement for Microsoft Dynamics CRM integration.\r\nNote The Microsoft Dynamics CRM integration was retired in October 2021. See Marketing Cloud\r\nMSCRM Retirement.\r\n•\r\n13.111.250.1-14\r\n•\r\n66.231.94.190\r\n•\r\n206.246.157.1\r\n•\r\n206.246.157.6\r\nFor outbound communication, such as tokenized sending, FTP, HTTP POST, and HTTP GET, as part of\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. For importing and exporting files to external file locations, such as\r\nAmazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Azure Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, or an external\r\nSFTP site.\r\n•\r\n66.231.94.1-254\r\nS6\r\nFor webservice.s6.exacttarget.com as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.67\r\n•\r\n13.111.7.86\r\nFor Enterprise 2.0 as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.56-63\r\n•\r\n68.232.202.16-23\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.87\r\nFor the authentication of web services as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.88\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nFor outbound communication, such as tokenized sending, FTP, HTTP POST, and HTTP GET, as part of\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. For importing and exporting files to external file locations, such as\r\nAmazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Azure Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, or an external\r\nSFTP site.\r\n•\r\n68.232.203.1-254\r\nS7\r\nFor webservice.s7.exacttarget.com as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n136.147.129.33\r\n•\r\n13.111.95.29\r\nAsynchronous Web Service API endpoint\r\n•\r\n136.147.129.33\r\nSalesforce Marketing Cloud Engagement Connector web service API endpoint\r\n•\r\n136.147.129.15\r\n•\r\n136.147.129.69\r\nSalesforce integration endpoint\r\n•\r\n136.147.129.15\r\nFor the Enhanced FTP function as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n136.147.129.16\r\nFor outbound communication, such as tokenized sending, FTP, HTTP POST, and HTTP GET, as part of\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. For importing and exporting files to external file locations, such as\r\nAmazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Azure Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, or an external\r\nSFTP site.\r\n•\r\n136.147.128.1-254\r\nS10\r\nFor webservice.s10.exacttarget.com as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.33\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.60\r\nFor the Enhanced FTP function as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.111.18.54\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nFor outbound communication, such as tokenized sending, FTP, HTTP POST, and HTTP GET, as part of\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. For importing and exporting files to external file locations, such as\r\nAmazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Azure Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, or an external\r\nSFTP site.\r\n•\r\n13.111.17.4-14\r\nS11\r\nFor SOAP as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.111.67.53\r\nFor REST service as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.111.67.59\r\nFor the Enhanced FTP function as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.111.67.50\r\nFor outbound communication, such as tokenized sending, FTP, HTTP POST, and HTTP GET, as part of\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. For importing and exporting files to external file locations, such as\r\nAmazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Azure Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, or an external\r\nSFTP site.\r\n•\r\n13.111.66.0-254\r\nS12\r\nFor SOAP as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.110.204.43\r\nFor REST service as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.110.204.29\r\nFor the Enhanced FTP function as part of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\n13.110.204.24\r\nFor outbound communication, such as token\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-03.md#0","file":"part-03.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-03.md","heading":"part-03","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup (part 3/5)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"109-404\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nadd more business units. Any days with events from an additional business unit display a small blue\r\nindicator for that day on the Calendar. If you select more business units, your Calendar displays\r\napplicable campaigns, broken out by business unit at the top of the screen. Hover over these events and\r\nclick the business unit or that event in the detailed Calendar view. This action takes you to that business\r\nunit to view more information. Any changes you make in the filter persist through future logins,\r\nmovements to other apps, or other activity. Clear these filters to change the Calendar view.\r\nCalendar in Account with More than 500 Business Units\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nCalendar in Account with Less than 500 Business Units\r\nAdd a Campaign to Calendar\r\nUse the calendar to create a visual representation of your campaign schedule.\r\nAdd an Event to the Calendar\r\nCreate events on your calendar to mark milestones and other important dates. You can create single-\r\nday and multi-day events.\r\nFilter Events and Messages\r\nUse filters to view only the automated or scheduled messages to review in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nInformation on a Calendar Event or Message\r\nView information on a Calendar.\r\nAdd a Campaign to Calendar\r\nUse the calendar to create a visual representation of your campaign schedule.\r\n11.. On the Marketing Cloud Engagement dashboard, click Calendar.\r\n22.. Hover over the day on which you want to create a campaign, and then click Add Campaign.\r\n33.. On the Add Campaign window, enter the details of your campaign.\r\n44.. Save the campaign.\r\nSee Also\r\nCampaigns in Marketing Cloud\r\nCampaign Tags in Marketing Cloud\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nAdd an Event to the Calendar\r\nCreate events on your calendar to mark milestones and other important dates. You can create single-day\r\nand multi-day events.\r\n11.. On the Marketing Cloud Engagement dashboard, click Calendar.\r\n22.. Hover over the day on which you want to create an event, and then click Add Event.\r\n33.. On the Add Event window, enter the details of the event.\r\n44.. Save the event.\r\nFilter Events and Messages\r\nUse filters to view only the automated or scheduled messages to review in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nEach view lists the number of messages associated with a specific campaign or message type. While in\r\nthe monthly view, messages of the same type roll up to show an aggregated count. While in the weekly\r\nview, messages aggregate to the campaign level so you can see more hours.\r\n11.. In the Campaigns window, click the campaign you wish to use as part of the filter. The view displays\r\nonly those events or messages associated with the specific campaign.\r\n22.. To see all messages associated with that campaign, hover over the campaign and click the button to\r\nthe right.\r\n33.. In the Message Types window, click the check boxes for the types to view.\r\n44.. Follow the steps below to filter a message type based on scheduled or automated status:\r\naa.. Hover over the message type.\r\nbb.. Click Scheduled or Automated to the message type to filter.\r\nInformation on a Calendar Event or Message\r\nView information on a Calendar.\r\nCalendar Event\r\nWhen you click Fullscreen, the Calendar displays a full month of scheduled marketing activities. If you\r\nhover over a scheduled event, the Calendar displays properties for the scheduled message and any\r\nrelevant automation information. If you hover over a sent event, the Calendar displays information for\r\nthat event or message and any relevant automation information. The Calendar shows automation\r\ninformation based on user permissions, including the name of the automation used to send the email.\r\nThe Calendar only displays information for automations that originate from Automation Studio. Other\r\nautomations display past information but not information for future or scheduled events or messages. To\r\nnavigate to a page with additional information on that event, click the link available by hovering on the\r\nCalendar event or message.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nAutomated Messages\r\nThe calendar displays messages scheduled via Automation Studio using the icon. Click that icon to\r\nlink to either the automation itself or the source application and review or edit information regarding\r\nthat message. This icon identifies only messages created or scheduled via Automation Studio.\r\nEmail Settings in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nReview and configure settings for marketing email features.\r\nOptional Email Features\r\nLearn more about the optional email-related features that you can enable in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nWorking with the Email Sender Authentication Package\r\nTo brand your links and image URLs with your authenticated sending domain, use the Sender\r\nAuthentication Package (SAP) for Marketing Cloud Engagement. The consistent branding that SAP\r\noffers can help any marketer improve sender reputation and subscriber trust, while ensuring domain-\r\nlevel compliance with bulk-sender guidelines. Customers who send more than 250,000 email\r\nmessages per month must use SAP.\r\nDomain Verification for Marketing Cloud Engagement Email\r\nDomain Verification and From Address Management are Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup features\r\nused to verify From addresses used when sending email through Engagement. To prevent sends from\r\ngoing out with email addresses that aren't verified and to avoid sending restriction, all accounts must\r\nverify all possible From addresses. You can verify From addresses in several places within Engagement\r\ndepending on your email sending use cases.\r\nReply Mail Management for Email Studio\r\nReply Mail Management (RMM) manages replies to the email jobs you send. RMM processes the reply\r\nautomatically, if appropriate, and forwards the message if the message requires personal review.=\r\nEnterprise Reply Mail Management\r\nTo automate management of incoming messages received by your reply-to email address, turn on\r\nReply Mail Management in Marketing Cloud Engagement. These message types include out-of-office\r\nreplies, auto-replies, auto-forwards, unsubscribes, and individual customer responses.\r\nSend Classifications for Email Studio\r\nSend classifications define parameters for an email job in a central location. The account can reuse\r\nthose parameters for multiple email send definitions. For example, you can create a send classification\r\nthat's used every time a message is sent to make sure that it always uses the appropriate parameters.\r\nSelect a send classification, together with content information and audience information, when you\r\ndefine a message send by creating a message interaction.\r\nURL Expiration\r\nThe URL Expiration feature allows administrators to configure when to expire tracked links and where\r\nto redirect them. An admin sets a threshold for expiration, and as long as the click occurs before that\r\ntime, the link resolves to its original location. After that point, the link opens the redirect URL.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nOptional Email Features\r\nLearn more about the optional email-related features that you can enable in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nThe options in this table are available in Setup | Email Optional Features.\r\n\r\n| Option | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n| Double Opt-In | Requires subscribers to confirm their email address by clicking a link in an email they receive after subscribing. |\r\n| HTML Paste | When enabled, this option lets you create email messages and templates using the HTML paste option. |\r\n| Text Only Email | When enabled, this option lets you specify a plain- text email part in addition to the HTML part. |\r\n| Send Throttling | Limits the number of emails that you send during specific hours. Sends continue until all messages are sent. |\r\n| BCC Emails | Enable messages to include blind carbon copy (BCC) recipients. You're billed for every email you send, so if one BCC address is added, you pay for both the message sent to the To recipient and the BCC recipient. |\r\n| From Name Drop-Down of Users | Enables the sending of email using any account user's address as the From address. |\r\n| Impression Tracking | Enables performance tracking for emails that contain content built by AMPscript or dynamic content in Email Studio. When you create an email using AMPscript or dynamic content, you can give each region a unique identifier for tracking and segmenting. |\r\n| Profile Link Check | Marketing Cloud Engagement checks your emails to make sure that they include a profile center link. You can disable this check. Before you turn off this option, ensure that your emails comply with local regulations. |\r\n| Physical Address Check | Marketing Cloud Engagement checks your emails to make sure that they include your mailing address. You can disable this check. Before you |\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n\r\n| Option | Description |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | turn off this option, ensure that your emails comply with local regulations. |\r\n| Unsubscribe Link Check | Marketing Cloud Engagement checks your emails to make sure that they include an unsubscribe link. You can disable this check. Before you turn off this option, ensure that your emails comply with local regulations. |\r\n\r\nWorking with the Email Sender Authentication Package\r\nTo brand your links and image URLs with your authenticated sending domain, use the Sender\r\nAuthentication Package (SAP) for Marketing Cloud Engagement. The consistent branding that SAP offers\r\ncan help any marketer improve sender reputation and subscriber trust, while ensuring domain-level\r\ncompliance with bulk-sender guidelines. Customers who send more than 250,000 email messages per\r\nmonth must use SAP.\r\nSAP includes several features.\r\n•\r\nAccount Branding-View-as-a-webpage, link tracking, and image tracking addresses in your emails use\r\nyour SAP domain, rather than a shared Marketing Cloud Engagement domain. All references to\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement are replaced with your branding.\r\n•\r\nPrivate Domain for email sending-This domain acts as the From address for your email sends.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement authenticates your email sends using the Sender Policy Framework\r\n(SPF), Sender ID, and DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) authentication.\r\n•\r\nCustom Domain for CloudPages-CloudPages associated with your account are hosted on a private\r\ndomain.\r\n•\r\nDedicated IP Address-All email messages sent from your account are sent using a dedicated IP\r\naddress.\r\n•\r\nReply Mail Management-Control the replies that you receive from your subscribers. You can assign\r\nfilters for out-of-office messages and manual unsubscribe requests.\r\nWhile you can purchase these features individually, the view-as-webpage link and image wrapping that\r\nbrands your account only comes with SAP, which is included in all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.\r\nTo purchase an additional SAP, contact your account executive.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement only makes DNS changes that are required for SAP setup. You're\r\nresponsible for purchasing domains to use with SAP.\r\nYou can configure SAP on a tenant in Salesforce-hosted environments by using the Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement user interface. For more information, see Configure Sender Authentication Package. To\r\nconfigure SAP on an account in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Hyperforce environment, to change\r\nthe domain used for your existing SAP, or to set up additional CloudPages, contact your account\r\nexecutive.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nImportant If an SAP image domain is unsecured, Content Builder displays images with a Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement-branded domain to avoid browser mixed-c\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-04.md#0","file":"part-04.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-04.md","heading":"part-04","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup (part 4/5)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"109-404\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement APIs and Programmatic Languages: Create Callback\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement APIs and Programmatic Languages: Verify Callback\r\nCreate a Subscription for Event Notifications\r\nFollow these steps to create a subscription for event notifications in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. In the Setup page, click Event Notification and select Subscriptions.\r\n22.. Click Subscribe New.\r\n33.. Enter a name for the subscription.\r\n44.. Select the callback and event for your subscription. You can select more than one event for your\r\nsubscription.\r\n55.. Enter any attributes and values used to filter results for the subscription. The subscription returns only\r\nevents where an attribute matches the specified value. For example, enter definitionKey and a value\r\nto return events only with that key.\r\n66.. Click Subscribe.\r\nSee Also\r\nGet Started with Event Notification Service\r\nSupported Notification Events\r\nDelete a Callback for Event Notifications\r\nFollow these steps to delete a subscription to event notifications in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. In the Setup page, click Event Notification and select URL Callbacks.\r\n22.. Click the arrow next to the callback to delete and click Delete.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n33.. Click Delete.\r\nDelete a Subscription for Event Notifications\r\nFollow these steps to delete a subscription to event notifications in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. In the Setup page, click Event Notification and select Subscriptions.\r\n22.. Click the arrow next to the subscription to delete and click Delete.\r\n33.. Click Delete.\r\nMobile Studio Settings\r\nReview and configure settings for Mobile Studio in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nMobileConnect Account Administration\r\nAdmins can access the send blockout, from name, headers and footers, subscription information,\r\nkeywords, short and long codes, and other account-level settings in the Setup app by searching for\r\nMobileConnect.\r\nMobilePush App Administration\r\nAn admin can manage MobilePush in Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup. Here, access the send\r\nperiod, stored headers and footers, subscription information, custom sound optional settings,\r\nOpenDirect, custom keys, interactive notifications, and other account-level settings.\r\nMobileConnect Account Administration\r\nAdmins can access the send blockout, from name, headers and footers, subscription information,\r\nkeywords, short and long codes, and other account-level settings in the Setup app by searching for\r\nMobileConnect.\r\nNote As a Marketing Cloud Engagement customer, you agree to comply with applicable laws in\r\nusing the Engagement services, and to allow recipients of your commercial messages to\r\nunsubscribe from future communications. If you change the Sender ID to something other than a\r\nphone number (for example, by replacing a phone number in the From Name field with the name\r\nof your company), the recipient of your message can't reply to the message with an opt-out term\r\nlike STOP or HELP, so you may must provide opt-out capability through a different method (such as\r\nby providing instructions for unsubscribing in the text of the message).\r\nIf you need account-specific help or to have a feature enabled, contact your account executive.\r\nFrom Names in MobileConnect\r\nSet a personalized word instead of a code to send from Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nStored Headers and Footers\r\nUse headers and footers to ensure consistency across SMS messages sent from MobileConnect in\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nSend Blockouts\r\nSet a period during which your MobileConnect account doesn't send outgoing messages, such as\r\nwhen subscribers might be asleep. This feature prevents you from scheduling sends or beginning an\r\nimmediate send during a specified send blockout period.\r\nKeywords and Codes\r\nUse codes and keywords to conduct SMS and MMS sends in MobileConnect.\r\nHELP Keywords\r\nHELP keywords allow people sending messages to or receiving messages from the account to request\r\nassistance in MobileConnect. For an example response to a HELP keyword, text HELP to 88769.\r\nSTOP Keywords in MobileConnect\r\nEvery Marketing Cloud Engagement account must have a STOP keyword so that people sending SMS\r\nmessages to or receiving messages from the account can unsubscribe.\r\nBounced Messages and Held Numbers\r\nMobileConnect logs a message send as a bounce when it receives a report from the aggregator that\r\nthe message send failed.\r\nEnable the Marketing Cloud Engagement Shortener\r\nYou can shorten links and track the total and unique clicks using Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nshortener.\r\nMobileConnect Conversation Windows\r\nUse conversation windows to respond to inbound messages that don't have keywords assigned to\r\nthem. Use the double opt-in template to opt users in to an SMS campaign. Conversation windows are\r\nenforced at the keyword level.\r\nDLT Template Settings for SMS Messages in India\r\nIn MobileConnect, use Digital Ledger Technology (DLT) templates to ensure that you comply with the\r\nTelecoms Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) regulations. DLT templates reduce spam messages and\r\nstreamline the campaign process. You can use DLT template only for sending messages in India.\r\nFrom Names in MobileConnect\r\nSet a personalized word instead of a code to send from Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nYou can use a personalized word, called a From Name, in place of a long code. For example, if you use\r\nBRAND1 in place of your long code, recipients see BRAND1 instead of the long code that the message\r\nwas sent from. From Names are limited to 11 or fewer characters, and you can only use one From Name\r\nvalue.\r\nNote Non-GSM characters aren't supported in From Names.\r\nOnly use From Names for one-way outbound communication, such as alerts, updates, and notifications.\r\nRecipients can't respond directly to messages sent via From Name. To receive a response, set up a\r\nseparate short code and include that number in the message. To respond, the recipient manually sends a\r\nresponse to the short code that was included in the message.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nNote Outbound messages triggered through MobileConnect instead of Journey Builder append the\r\nFrom Name.\r\nAfter you configure the From Name, all outbound messages sent from your account use this value.\r\nOutbound messages include both triggered sends and keyword responses. You can also set From Names\r\nat the level of a long code or a message. Code- or message-level From Names override account-level\r\nFrom Names. You can also set different From Names for the business units within an Enterprise 2.0\r\naccount.\r\nTo enable From Names for your account, contact your account executive. Character restrictions for From\r\nNames vary by location.\r\nNote On iOS devices, From Names display without spaces. iOS doesn't support two-character From\r\nNames.\r\nFrom Names aren't available in these countries and locations:\r\n•\r\nArgentina\r\n•\r\nArmenia\r\n•\r\nAzerbaijan\r\n•\r\nBelgium\r\n•\r\nBenin\r\n•\r\nBrazil\r\n•\r\nBrunei\r\n•\r\nCameroon\r\n•\r\nCanada\r\n•\r\nChad\r\n•\r\nChile\r\n•\r\nChina\r\n•\r\nColombia\r\n•\r\nCosta Rica\r\n•\r\nDominican Republic\r\n•\r\nEcuador\r\n•\r\nFrench Guiana\r\n•\r\nGhana\r\n•\r\nHungary\r\n•\r\nIraq\r\n•\r\nJapan\r\n•\r\nKazakhstan\r\n•\r\nKiribati\r\n•\r\nLibya\r\n•\r\nMacedonia\r\n•\r\nMadagascar\r\n•\r\nMalaysia\r\n•\r\nMali\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\nMartinique\r\n•\r\nMoldova\r\n•\r\nMonaco\r\n•\r\nNew Zealand\r\n•\r\nParaguay\r\n•\r\nPeru\r\n•\r\nRéunion\r\n•\r\nSouth Africa\r\n•\r\nSouth Korea\r\n•\r\nSouth Sudan\r\n•\r\nSyria\r\n•\r\nTaiwan\r\n•\r\nTanzania\r\n•\r\nTrinidad & Tobago\r\n•\r\nTunisia\r\n•\r\nUnited States\r\n•\r\nUruguay\r\n•\r\nVenezuela\r\n•\r\nZambia\r\nSet the MobileConnect Account-Level From Name\r\nSet the account-level from name in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nSet the MobileConnect Account-Level From Name\r\nSet the account-level from name in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nNote If you change the from name for your account during a campaign, this change affects your\r\ninteractions and tracking information calculations. Ensure that you have no active, ongoing\r\ncampaigns running in your account before changing the from name.\r\n11.. In the app switcher, hover over your name and click Setup.\r\n22.. Search for MobileConnect.\r\n33.. Click Edit next to From Name.\r\n44.. Enter the name.\r\nNote The maximum is 11 characters, including information from personalization strings.\r\nMobileConnect truncates any from name longer than 11 characters.\r\n55.. Save your changes.\r\nStored Headers and Footers\r\nUse headers and footers to ensure consistency across SMS messages sent from MobileConnect in\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nInsert standardized and reusable content, such as branding or legal text, into your messages. You can\r\ncreate up to three headers and three footers. Choose which header and footer to include when you\r\ncreate the message.\r\nAdd Headers and Footers in MobileConnect\r\nThis action creates SMS headers and footers in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nDelete Stored Headers and Footers in MobileConnect\r\nDelete stored headers and footers in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nAdd Headers and Footers in MobileConnect\r\nThis action creates SMS headers and footers in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. In the app switcher, hover over your name and click Setup.\r\n22.. Search for MobileConnect.\r\n33.. Click Edit next to Headers and Footers.\r\n44.. Click Add New.\r\n55.. Enter the header or footer text.\r\n66.. Save your text.\r\nDelete Stored Headers and Footers in MobileConnect\r\nDelete stored headers and footers in Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n11.. In the app switcher, hover over your name and click Setup.\r\n22.. Search for MobileConnect.\r\n33.. Click next to the header or footer to delete.\r\n44.. Save your changes.\r\nSend Blockouts\r\nSet a period during which your MobileConnect account doesn't send outgoing messages, such as when\r\nsubscribers might be asleep. This feature prevents you from scheduling sends or beginning an\r\nimmediate send during a specified send blockout period.\r\nMobileConnect prevents you from sending immediately during the send blockout, based on the time\r\nzone set for your account within Marketing Cloud Engagement. MobileConnect also prevents you from\r\nscheduling a send that starts during the send blockout in any time zone. Sends don't pause at the send\r\nblockout. For example, if your send starts at 9 PM and takes two hours, and your send blockout starts at\r\n10 PM, the send continues into the send blockout time period until 11 PM.\r\nAny send blockout time specified in the MobileConnect app doesn't affect sends conducted using\r\nMobileConnect API calls. Specify blockout times separately on the API call for your message. Any\r\nmessages triggered during an API send blockout window occur after the send blockout period elapses. If\r\nyou attempt to send during the blockout window, the message is scheduled to send one second after\r\nthe blockout window ends.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nNote In Journey Builder, a send blockout window completely prevents messages from sending.\r\nMessages don't queue for sending at a later time. Send blockouts set in Journey Builder are\r\nindependent of send blockouts set in MobileConnect. Journey Builder doesn't honor blockouts set\r\nin MobileConnect.In Journey Builder, when you set a send blockout window for an SMS activity, the\r\ndisplayed current account time doesn't automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time (DST).\r\nSet a Send Blockout in MobileConnect\r\nSet the send blockout for Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nEdit a Send Blockout in MobileConnect\r\nEnable, disable, or change the start and end times of your send blockout for Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nSet a Send Blockout in MobileConnect\r\nSet t\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-05.md#0","file":"part-05.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/part-05.md","heading":"part-05","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup (part 5/5)\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"109-404\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nSet Up an Enhanced FTP or Safehouse File Location\r\nTransfer files to and from Marketing Cloud Engagement using a file location with Enhanced FTP. Available\r\nlocations are the import directory, export directory, a subfolder, or the Safehouse. Files stored in\r\nEnhanced FTP and the Safehouse are available for 21 days and then deleted.\r\nChoose the Safehouse when you need additional security. Files are encrypted and decrypted without\r\nexposing them to the FTP directories. Only authenticated users can access the Safehouse, which resides\r\non highly redundant, highly available central storage servers.\r\nTo complete this task, you must have administrative permissions to view and manage file locations.\r\n11.. Hover over your name and click Setup.\r\n22.. In the Data Management section, click File Locations.\r\n33.. Click Create.\r\n44.. Complete the information in the Properties section.\r\nName-Enter a unique, recognizable name.\r\nExternal Key-Enter a unique key that identifies the file location when using the API.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nDescription-Enter descriptive, recognizable details that help further identify the file location.\r\n55.. Select the location type.\r\nMarketing Cloud Enhanced FTP Site Import Directory: Standard directory for file imports.\r\nMarketing Cloud Enhanced FTP Site Export Directory: Standard directory for file exports.\r\nSafehouse: A secure location for encrypting and decrypting files.\r\nRelative location under Marketing Cloud FTP Site: A subfolder of the Enhanced FTP Site.\r\n66.. For relative location types only, specify the subfolder that you want to target. For example,\r\nfolderPath\\folderPath. Don't use a leading backslash (\"\\\").\r\n77.. Save the file location.\r\nSee Also\r\nPerform a File Transfer to a Safehouse Location\r\nHow to Use the File Transfer Activity in Automation Studio\r\nPerform a File Transfer to a Safehouse Location\r\nWhen you import an encrypted file with your Marketing Cloud Engagement safehouse location set as the\r\ndefault location, follow these steps to perform an encrypted file transfer\r\n11.. Import the encrypted file into the Enhanced FTP Import Directory.\r\nNote If you use an external file location instead of Enhanced FTP, use a file transfer activity to\r\nmove the file to the safehouse.\r\n22.. Use the File Transfer Activity to decrypt the file to the safehouse by selecting a private key.\r\n33.. Use the Import Activity to import the file from the safehouse.\r\nNote The safehouse location can be the default destination for imports. Making the safehouse\r\nyour default destination for imports also places import results files in that same location. To make\r\nthe safehouse location your default import location, contact your account executive.\r\nSee Also\r\nHow to Use the File Transfer Activity in Automation Studio\r\nImport File Activity\r\nSet Up an External FTP File Location with Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nTransfer files with an external FTP, SFTP, or FTPS site using a file location. The file location contains the\r\nsite URL, port, and login details that Marketing Cloud Engagement uses to access your site.\r\nTo complete this task, you must have administrative permissions to view and manage file locations.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nNote Marketing Cloud Engagement only supports passive mode connections for FTP interactions.\r\n11.. In Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter file, and then select File\r\nLocations.\r\n22.. Click Create.\r\n33.. Complete the information in the Properties section.\r\naa.. For Name, enter a unique name that's recognizable when you create an activity in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nbb.. For External Key, enter a unique key that identifies the file location when using the API.\r\ncc.. For Description, enter details that help further identify the file location when you create an activity\r\nin Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n44.. Select the location type.\r\n••\r\nExternal FTP Site\r\n••\r\nExternal SFTP Site\r\n••\r\nExternal FTPS Site\r\n55.. Complete the location information.\r\naa.. For URL, enter the location of the FTP site. This URL must directly open the default directory with no\r\nfurther navigation. For example, sftp.example.com/destinationDirectory.\r\nbb.. For Port, enter the FTP server port. For FTP and FTPS sites, use Port 21. For SFTP sites, use Port 22.\r\ncc.. For Auth Type, select the authentication method used to access the site. For FTP and FTPS sites, the\r\nonly supported option is password authentication. For SFTP sites, you can choose Password or Auth\r\nKey authentication.\r\ndd.. For Username, Password, and Auth Key, enter the credentials to access the site.\r\n66.. Save the file location.\r\nSSH Keys for External SFTP\r\nYou can use an SSH key to authenticate external SFTP connections. Upload each key that you want to use\r\nin the Data Management section of Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup.\r\nSupported Ciphers, Algorithms, and Key Exchanges\r\nHost Key Algorithms:\r\n•\r\nrsa-sha2-256\r\n•\r\nrsa-sha2-512\r\n•\r\nssh-dss\r\n•\r\nssh-rsa\r\nCiphers and Encryption Algorithms:\r\n•\r\n3des-cbc\r\n•\r\naes128-cbc\r\n•\r\naes128-ctr\r\n•\r\naes128-gcm@openssh.com\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\naes192-cbc\r\n•\r\naes192-ctr\r\n•\r\naes192-gcm@openssh.com\r\n•\r\naes256-cbc\r\n•\r\naes256-ctr\r\n•\r\nblowfish-cbc\r\nKey Exchanges:\r\n•\r\ndiffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1\r\n•\r\ndiffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256\r\n•\r\ndiffie-hellman-group1-sha1\r\n•\r\ndiffie-hellman-group14-sha1\r\n•\r\ndiffie-hellman-group14-sha256\r\n•\r\necdh-sha2-nistp256\r\n•\r\necdh-sha2-nistp384\r\nMAC Algorithms:\r\n•\r\nhmac-md5\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha1\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha1-96\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha2-256\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha2-512\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com\r\nSee Also\r\nHow to Use the File Transfer Activity in Automation Studio\r\nSFTP Accounts in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nSSH File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) is a method of securely transferring data from one computer to another\r\nover the internet. Use the Marketing Cloud Engagement SFTP server to import lists, export analytics data,\r\nand extract customer data. You can also use the SFTP server with Data Extract and File Transfer activities\r\nin Automation Studio.\r\nSFTP Considerations\r\n•\r\nThe Marketing Cloud Engagement SFTP server only supports connections on port 22.\r\n•\r\nThe username and password that you use to connect to the SFTP server are different from the\r\ncredentials that you use to log in to Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n•\r\nThe names of files that you transfer to the SFTP server can't contain these characters: \\ / : * < > | ? \"\r\n•\r\nUp to 10 simultaneous connections can be made from your account to the SFTP server.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\nIf a user tries to connect to the SFTP server too many times using an incorrect password, they're\r\nblocked from attempting to login again for 30 minutes.\r\n•\r\nThe SFTP server automatically closes connections that have been inactive for more than 10 minutes.\r\n•\r\nYour SFTP folder includes Import, Export, and Reports folders. Don't delete these folders. Imported\r\nfiles must reside in the Import folder so that the system can find them. Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nuploads your data extracts to the Export folder and your reports to the Reports folder.\r\n•\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement retains files on the SFTP server for at least 21 days. After this time\r\nperiod elapses, these files can be automatically removed.\r\nSSH Keys for SFTP\r\nYou can use an SSH key to use to authenticate SFTP connections. Upload each key that you want to\r\nuse in the Data Management section of Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup.\r\nCreate SFTP User Accounts\r\nCreate user accounts for SFTP users in Marketing Cloud Engagement. You can have up to 10 active\r\nSFTP user accounts per member ID (MID).\r\nConnect to the SFTP Server\r\nLearn how to use a third-party SFTP client to connect to the Marketing Cloud Engagement SFTP server.\r\nAfter you connect, you can download files from the SFTP server and upload files to it.\r\nSee Also\r\nCreate an SSH Key to Use with Marketing Cloud Engagement SFTP\r\nSSH Keys for SFTP\r\nYou can use an SSH key to use to authenticate SFTP connections. Upload each key that you want to use\r\nin the Data Management section of Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup.\r\nKey Requirements\r\nUse a tool such as ssh-keygen or PuTTYgen to generate an SSH key. The SSH key you generate must\r\nfollow these standards:\r\n•\r\nOpenSSH2 key in PEM standard\r\n•\r\nAt least 2048-bit strength, with a recommended strength of 4096 bits\r\n•\r\nRSA format\r\n•\r\nA passphrase is allowed but not required\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement supports OpenSSH 9.1.\r\nSee Also\r\nImport Activity in Email Studio\r\nConnect to the SFTP Server\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\nCreate SFTP User Accounts\r\nCreate user accounts for SFTP users in Marketing Cloud Engagement. You can have up to 10 active SFTP\r\nuser accounts per member ID (MID).\r\nTo use an SSH key to authenticate a user, first create a key in Key Management.\r\n11.. In Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter ftp, and then select FTP\r\nAccounts.\r\n22.. Click Create User.\r\n33.. Enter the email address and password for the new user.\r\n44.. On the Authentication Options window, choose the authentication method to use for the user.\r\n55.. On the Permissions window, choose the permissions to apply to each directory. Each directory inherits\r\nthe permissions of its subdirectories.\r\n66.. To allow SFTP connections only from a specific IP address, enter the address in the Allowlist IPs field,\r\nand then click Add. Repeat this step for each IP address that you want to allow. If you don't enter any\r\naddresses, SFTP connections can be opened from any IP address.\r\n77.. On the Folders window, select a home directory for the user. The user is allowed to access only the\r\nselected directory and its subdirectories.\r\n88.. Save your changes.\r\nConnect to the SFTP Server\r\nLearn how to use a third-party SFTP client to connect to the Marketing Cloud Engagement SFTP server.\r\nAfter you connect, you can download files from the SFTP server and upload files to it.\r\nDownload and install an SFTP client. There are numerous SFTP clients available for every operating\r\nsystem. If you aren't sure which client to use, contact your IT organization. This information assumes that\r\nyou use a graphical file transfer client, as opposed to a command-line-based client.\r\n11.. In Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter ftp, and then select FTP\r\nAccounts.\r\n22.. Click the copy button ( ) to copy the server URL.\r\n33.. In your client, open a new SFTP connection. For the URL, enter the server URL that you copied from\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement. For the port, enter 22.\r\n44.. Enter the username and password for your SFTP account. If your account is configured to use an SSH\r\nkey for authentication, select your key.\r\nNote Your SFTP login credentials aren't the same as the credentials that you use to log in to\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n55.. Connect to the server.\r\nAfter you connect, begin transferring files to or from the server. The SFTP server has three directories:\r\n•\r\nImport: Upload files to this directory to make them available for import jobs.\r\n•\r\nExport: Download subscriber exports from this directory.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup\r\n•\r\nReports: Download report data from this directory.\r\nSupported SSH Algorithms\r\nNote Only the ssh-rsa host key algorithm is supported.\r\nThe SFTP service supports these SSH algorithms.\r\nCiphers:\r\n•\r\naes128-cbc (legacy)\r\n•\r\naes128-ctr\r\n•\r\naes256-cbc (legacy)\r\n•\r\naes256-ctr\r\nMAC Algorithms:\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha1\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha2-256\r\n•\r\nhmac-sha2-512\r\nKey Exchanges:\r\n•\r\ndiffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256\r\n•\r\ndiffie-hellman\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/06-package-manager-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"06-package-manager-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/06-package-manager-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"06-package-manager-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"405-428\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nPackage Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\n\r\n| Object Type | Associated Bundle | Name |\r\n| --- | --- | --- |\r\n|  |  | Consent |\r\n|  |  | Contact Point Phone |\r\n|  |  | Message Engagement |\r\n|  |  | SMS Template |\r\n|  | MCE Mobile Push | Contact Point App |\r\n|  |  | Device |\r\n|  |  | Device Application Engagement |\r\n|  |  | Device Application Template |\r\n|  |  | Einstein Push Engagement Scores |\r\n|  | MCE WhatsApp | Contact Point OTT Service |\r\n|  |  | Message Template |\r\n\r\nIf you have more than one data space, grant access to objects in each data space. Object names in non\r\ndefault data spaces follow the convention of <DataSpace Prefix>_<Object Name>.\r\nPackage Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nScale your best practices and reduce time to value by bundling company or industry-specific solutions\r\nand deploying them across business units with Package Manager.\r\nHave a set of journeys or automations that you want to reuse? Bundle them and all their dependencies,\r\nand then deploy them to other business units. You can create packaged solutions containing fully\r\nconfigured journeys, automations, content assets, data extensions, attribute groups, and more. Keep\r\nthose items current and version-controlled by updating your packaged solutions across all instances.\r\nManage Marketing Items Across Business Units\r\nUse packaged solutions to deploy best practices and company or industry-specific solutions across\r\nyour Marketing Cloud Engagement business units. You can create packages containing fully configured\r\njourneys, automations, content assets, data extensions, attribute groups, and more. Then keep those\r\nitems current and version-controlled by updating your packaged solutions across all instances.\r\nPackage Manager Reference\r\nLearn how to get the most out of Package Manager by understanding supported objects, supported\r\nactions, and notifications for Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nManage Marketing Items Across Business Units\r\nUse packaged solutions to deploy best practices and company or industry-specific solutions across your\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement business units. You can create packages containing fully configured\r\njourneys, automations, content assets, data extensions, attribute groups, and more. Then keep those\r\nitems current and version-controlled by updating your packaged solutions across all instances.\r\nThe packaging and deployment process involves these high-level steps.\r\n11.. Define your package.\r\naa.. Choose the items that you want to add, such as specific journeys or automations. Dependencies are\r\nautomatically included.\r\nbb.. Define any custom fields in the selected items.\r\n22.. Download the packaged solution.\r\n••\r\nIf you plan to deploy using the Engagement package manager, download as a ZIP.\r\n••\r\nTo host the file in a secure location and link to it from another package, download the JSON.\r\n33.. Deploy the packaged solution.\r\naa.. If you have a ZIP file, upload it to Package Manager. Or, if you're deploying from an installed\r\npackage, select Choose Solution Package and find your package in the list.\r\nbb.. You can create a subfolder for the package or use prefixes or suffixes to customize the file names of\r\nthe items in the package.\r\ncc.. If the package contains custom fields, enter the required data.\r\ndd.. Choose an action for each item being deployed.\r\n44.. After your package is deployed, keep it updated.\r\naa.. Open the original package definition.\r\nbb.. Recreate the package.\r\ncc.. Redeploy the package using the same name.\r\ndd.. When you choose an action for the items being deployed, you can update existing items with the\r\nnew version.\r\nFor more information, review these topics.\r\nPackage Items for Use in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nCreate a packaged solution to contain fully configured journeys, automations, content assets, data\r\nextensions, attribute groups, and more.\r\nCustomize Branding in Packaged Items\r\nInclude custom fields within the items in your packaged solution to enable the user who deploys the\r\npackage to customize branding. For example, if an asset contains a logo that varies across\r\nenvironments, you can create a custom field where the correct logo is inserted during deployment.\r\nDeploy Packaged Items\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement business units and enterprise accounts support package installations\r\nfrom AppExchange and ZIP.\r\nUpdate Packaged Items\r\nTo keep your Marketing Cloud Engagement packages working as expected, update them regularly.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nPackage Items for Use in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nCreate a packaged solution to contain fully configured journeys, automations, content assets, data\r\nextensions, attribute groups, and more.\r\nBefore you begin, identify which items you want to package. Dependencies are packaged automatically.\r\nNote There's no limit to the number of items that you can include in a packaged solution. But each\r\nitem must be smaller than 5 MB, and the packaged solution can't exceed 50 MB.\r\n11.. Hover over the Platform menu, and select Package Manager.\r\n22.. On the Packaging tab, click Create and select New Definition or From Existing.\r\n33.. Select the items to include in the package. You can select any combination of supported objects.\r\nThe selection view defaults to journeys, but you can click the tabs to view other objects.\r\nTo view all selected items, click Show Details. To return to the grid view, click Hide Details.\r\nWhen you select an item, all its associated items are also included, such as email messages and data\r\nextensions.\r\n44.. Click Save & Continue.\r\nThe number of items and dependencies packaged appears in the screen header.\r\n55.. To create items in the root folders of each app when you deploy the package rather than in the same\r\nfolder structure of the source, deselect Preserve Folder Structure.\r\n66.. Click Package Items.\r\n77.. Review the items included and resolve any issues.\r\n88.. Click Next.\r\n99.. If the package includes customizable assets, such as personalization strings, logos, or names,\r\nconfigure and save the defaults and parameters.\r\n1100.. Click Download Package.\r\nIf you plan to deploy using the Engagement package manager, download as a ZIP.\r\nTo host the file in a secure location and link to it from another package, download the JSON.\r\nTo update the package, use the same package definition to create a package containing updated\r\nversions of all items and deploy it.\r\nSee Also\r\nPermissions for Setting Up Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nCustomize Branding in Packaged Items\r\nDeploy Packaged Items\r\nUpdate Packaged Items\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nCustomize Branding in Packaged Items\r\nInclude custom fields within the items in your packaged solution to enable the user who deploys the\r\npackage to customize branding. For example, if an asset contains a logo that varies across environments,\r\nyou can create a custom field where the correct logo is inserted during deployment.\r\nCustom fields are supported in objects such as Journey Builder activities, Content Builder entities,\r\nCloudPages, and Automation Studio Send Email activities. Some fields, such as email names and journey\r\nnames, aren't supported because they don't allow special characters. Also, some objects, such as email\r\nand SMS activities, have custom fields that are preset and can't be edited.\r\nBefore you begin, identify the items that you want to add custom fields to.\r\n11.. In the item, insert a placeholder for each a custom string or URL.\r\nFormat your placeholders like this: {{mcpm:fieldName}}. fieldName represents a prompt to your\r\nusers about what information to enter. For example, {{mcpm:logo}} prompts the user to input a URL\r\nto their logo image. Or enter {{mcpm:companyName}} and {{mcpm:companyWebsite}} to prompt\r\nthe user to input the business unit's name and website.\r\nYou can reuse a placeholder repeatedly and use as many placeholders as you want.\r\n22.. Create a packaged solution that contains the item with the placeholders.\r\n33.. Use Custom Fields Configuration to add more information for the user who deploys the package.\r\nEach custom field must have a label. For example, if you use the {{mcpm:logo}} placeholder, you can\r\nenter a label of Logo URL. When a user deploys the package, they see a field labeled Logo URL and\r\ncan then input the link to the correct logo. You can also add a more detailed description to help the\r\nuser deploying the package know how to format the placeholder.\r\nNote If you don't see custom fields, Package Manager didn't find the correct syntax. Make sure\r\nthat your syntax is correctly formatted and try again.\r\n44.. Download your package.\r\n55.. When a user attempts to deploy the package, they must enter values for all custom fields.\r\n66.. When the package is deployed, Package Manager replaces all instances of each placeholder with the\r\ncorresponding value.\r\nDeploy Packaged Items\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement business units and enterprise accounts support package installations from\r\nAppExchange and ZIP.\r\nTo avoid permissions errors as you work, review the contents of the package and assign any necessary\r\ncreate or edit permissions for each item before you start.\r\n11.. Hover over the Platform menu and select Package Manager.\r\n22.. On the Deployment tab, click Deploy and choose a deployment method.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nIf you're uploading a ZIP package, drag it into the box or click Upload to find the file on your\r\ncomputer.\r\nIf you're deploying an installed package, click Choose Solution Package and find your package in the\r\nlist.\r\n33.. You can enter folder structure names and text to prepend or append to the items. You can also add a\r\nunique timestamp to each file.\r\nFolders are placed directly under the root folder of each app. For example, NewFolder/item.\r\nIf you preserved the folder structure when you created the package, the new folder still is inserted\r\ndirectly under the root folder. For example, NewFolder/YourStructure/YourStructure/item.\r\n44.. Enter and save values for any customizable fields.\r\n55.. Click Next.\r\n66.. Review the items and resolve any issues.\r\nIf you rename an item, click Refresh to apply your changes.\r\nWhen updating a deployed package, use the Action menu to select how to handle updated items. You\r\ncan keep the existing version, update to the new version, or keep both items by renaming the new\r\nversion.\r\nYou can update all supported items, except filter data extensions, synchronized data extensions, and\r\ndata extensions that your business unit doesn't have permission to update.\r\nIf your package contains new items, you can create or skip them.\r\nYou can skip items only if they have no required dependencies or if they're a dependency of an item\r\nthat has been skipped or reused.\r\n77.. Click Deploy.\r\n88.. Review the Deploy Summary, and check that everything deployed correctly.\r\nSee Also\r\nPermissions for Setting Up Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nPackage Items for Use in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nUpdate Packaged Items\r\nPackage Manager Supported Actions\r\nPackage Manager Notifications\r\nUpdate Packaged Items\r\nTo keep your Marketing Cloud Engagement packages working as expected, update them regularly.\r\nBefore you begin, identify the deployed package you want to update and the package definition\r\nassociated with it.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nNote There's no limit to the number of items that you can include in a packaged solution. But each\r\nitem must be smaller than 5 MB, and the packaged solution can't exceed 50 MB.\r\n11.. Hover over the Platform menu and select Package Manager.\r\n\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/07-reconcile-transactional-sends-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md#0","file":"07-reconcile-transactional-sends-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/07-reconcile-transactional-sends-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md","heading":"07-reconcile-transactional-sends-in-marketing-cloud-engagement","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Reconcile Transactional Sends in Marketing Cloud Engagement\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"429-429\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nReconcile Transactional Sends in Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\ndeployed.\r\n•\r\nWhen deploying a package for the first time, you can create or skip each item.\r\n•\r\nWhen updating a package, you can update existing items to the new version or use the previous\r\nversion.\r\n•\r\nWhen updating a package, you can create or skip new items.\r\n•\r\nYou can skip an item only if it has no required dependencies or if it's a dependency of an item that has\r\nbeen skipped or reused.\r\nSee Also\r\nPackage Manager Supported Objects\r\nPackage Manager Notifications\r\nIf a packaged solution has unsupported objects, a notification appears before you deploy the package.\r\nTo help you troubleshoot issues, review this list of in-app notifications.\r\n\r\n| Notification | Definition |\r\n| --- | --- |\r\n|  | Success: The object deployed successfully. |\r\n|  | Warning: There's an issue, such as an unsupported or missing object, which can result in a blank or unconfigured item after deployment. |\r\n|  | Information: After deployment, some properties of this object can differ from the original account. |\r\n|  | Task: Action is needed after deployment to configure this object. When you complete the action, click the checkbox to remove the task notification and mark the action as resolved. |\r\n|  | Error: An error in this object is preventing package creation or deployment. |\r\n\r\nReconcile Transactional Sends in Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement\r\nTo help you meet regulatory reporting requirements regarding the delivery and cadence of SMS\r\nmessages and transactional emails, Marketing Cloud Engagement provides a data extension that\r\ncontains this information and their final delivery status of Sent or Not Sent. Use this information to\r\ndetermine whether to send the message again, log how often you're communicating with customers, or\r\ncomplete other time-sensitive business processes.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/08-determine-your-marketing-cloud-engagement-instance.md#0","file":"08-determine-your-marketing-cloud-engagement-instance.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/08-determine-your-marketing-cloud-engagement-instance.md","heading":"08-determine-your-marketing-cloud-engagement-instance","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Determine Your Marketing Cloud Engagement Instance\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"430-430\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nDetermine Your Marketing Cloud Engagement Instance\r\nEnable reconcilation on the send's setup screen when you first create it. By default, the final send status\r\nis saved to the data extension and the Email Notification Service within 12 hours of delivery. You can set\r\nthis value from 1 to 72 hours to fit your specific business process needs.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement also supports including a custom MessageKey value to identify\r\ntransactional sends. This value links messages back to your own account. You can align your message\r\nstatus with customer communications generated from an external system or link relevant information to\r\nsupport cases. MessageKey values remain unique for 72 hours. If an issue causes messages to be\r\nsubmitted multiple times to Salesforce, Salesforce only sends them once.\r\nTo retrieve information about your sends for regulatory compliance reports, use the data extract activity\r\nin Automation Studio or the Event Notification Service API.\r\nSee Also\r\nMobileConnect Reports\r\nTracking in Email Studio\r\nDetermine Your Marketing Cloud Engagement Instance\r\nTo check the status of your Marketing Cloud Engagement account, use the member ID (MID) for your\r\ninstance. It's also helpful to know your MID when you configure a Web Collect URL, or when you want to\r\nobtain the URL endpoints for the Marketing Cloud Engagement APIs.\r\n11.. In Marketing Cloud Engagement, click the name of your account.\r\n22.. Copy the ID next to MID.\r\n33.. (Optional) Go to the Marketing Cloud Engagement status page and enter your MID in the search field.\r\nSee Also\r\nSalesforce Trust - Marketing Cloud","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/09-expired-marketing-cloud-engagement-subscriptions.md#0","file":"09-expired-marketing-cloud-engagement-subscriptions.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/09-expired-marketing-cloud-engagement-subscriptions.md","heading":"09-expired-marketing-cloud-engagement-subscriptions","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Expired Marketing Cloud Engagement Subscriptions\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"430-430\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nExpired Marketing Cloud Engagement Subscriptions\r\nWhen your Marketing Cloud Engagement subscription expires, you have limited access to your account\r\nfor 90 days. If you don't renew your account within 90 days, all access is revoked.\r\nAn expired account still captures unsubscribes from messages that you sent while your account was\r\nactive. If you don't want to renew your account, we recommend that you take several actions before your\r\naccount is marked inactive.\r\n•\r\nExport and download subscriber and campaign data.\r\n•\r\nStop all automated or manual processes, except for processes that capture unsubscribes or export or\r\ndownload data.\r\n•\r\nCancel all scheduled sends.\r\n•\r\nUnpublish all sites or content, except for sites or content that capture unsubscribes or export or","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/10-suspended-marketing-cloud-engagement-accounts.md#0","file":"10-suspended-marketing-cloud-engagement-accounts.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/10-suspended-marketing-cloud-engagement-accounts.md","heading":"10-suspended-marketing-cloud-engagement-accounts","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Suspended Marketing Cloud Engagement Accounts\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"431-431\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nSuspended Marketing Cloud Engagement Accounts\r\ndownload data.\r\n•\r\nUninstall, delete, or disable all API integrations, except for integrations that capture unsubscribes or\r\nexport or download data.\r\nSuspended Marketing Cloud Engagement Accounts\r\nAccess to a suspended Marketing Cloud Engagement account is restricted, and the account is deleted if\r\nyou don't resolve the issue and reactivate it. To reactivate your service, contact your Salesforce account\r\nexecutive.\r\nIf your account moves from suspended to expired status, your ability to send messages remains\r\nrestricted. If you reactivate your account, sending restrictions are removed, but you must reactivate your\r\njourneys, automations, and triggered sends.\r\nWhen an account is suspended, it still captures unsubscribes from messages that you sent before the\r\naccount was suspended. If you don't want to reactivate your account, complete these steps before your\r\naccount is deleted:\r\n•\r\nExport and download subscriber and campaign data.\r\n•\r\nStop all automated or manual processes, except for processes that capture unsubscribes or export or\r\ndownload data.\r\n•\r\nCancel all scheduled sends.\r\n•\r\nUnpublish all sites, except for sites that capture unsubscribes or export or download data.\r\n•\r\nUninstall, delete, or disable all API integrations except for integrations that capture unsubscribes or\r\nexport or download data.","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/11-browser-support.md#0","file":"11-browser-support.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/11-browser-support.md","heading":"11-browser-support","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Browser Support\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"431-431\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nBrowser Support\r\nLearn about the web browsers that Marketing Cloud Engagement supports.\r\nSupported and Unsupported Browsers\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement supports these browsers:\r\n•\r\nLatest version of Google Chrome™\r\n•\r\nLatest version of Firefox™\r\n•\r\nLatest version of Microsoft Edge™\r\nWe don't guarantee full functionality for these browsers:\r\n•\r\nSafari®\r\nWe don't support these browsers:","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/12-marketing-cloud-engagement-glossary.md#0","file":"12-marketing-cloud-engagement-glossary.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/12-marketing-cloud-engagement-glossary.md","heading":"12-marketing-cloud-engagement-glossary","body":"---\r\ntitle: \"Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\"\r\nsource_pdf: \"marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf\"\r\npdf_pages: \"432-443\"\r\nextracted_date: \"2026-04-06\"\r\npurpose: \"Reference help for AI prompts (Marketing Cloud Engagement)\"\r\n---\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\n•\r\nMicrosoft Internet Explorer™ 11 or earlier\r\n•\r\nAny version of Internet Explorer in compatibility mode\r\n•\r\nAny version of Microsoft Edge released before 2019\r\n• 1\r\nOpera 12™ or earlier\r\nScreen Resolution\r\nWe recommend a minimum screen resolution of 1024×768 pixels for interacting with Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement.\r\nRecommendations and Requirements for All Browsers\r\nTo use Marketing Cloud Engagement, set your browser to accept first-party and third-party cookies. If\r\ncookies are disabled and you attempt to log in to the application, you're returned to the login page with\r\nno error message.\r\nConfigure your browser to check for newer versions of cached pages automatically. This step prevents\r\nerrors related to outdated cached information.\r\nSome components of Email Studio open in a new window. To ensure full functionality, configure your\r\nbrowser to allow popup windows that originate from your Marketing Cloud Engagement subdomain.\r\nMixed Content Errors\r\nSecure private image domains using HTTPS and SSL certificates. Marketing Cloud Engagement can't load\r\nimages from unsecured domains. For more information, see Marketing Cloud - Chrome Blocking Mixed\r\nContent.\r\n1\r\nGoogle Chrome is a trademark of Google LLC. Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation. Microsoft\r\nEdge and Internet Explorer are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Safari is a trademark of\r\nApple Inc. Opera is a trademark of Opera Software AS.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\nLearn about important terms and concepts related to Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nGlossary of Terms\r\nA/B testing\r\nA method of market testing in which you send two versions of your communication to two test\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\naudiences from your subscriber list and track which version receives the highest unique open or\r\nclick-through rate.\r\nAccount Send Summary Report\r\nA report that contains metrics related to messages sent from your account.\r\nAllowlisting\r\nConfiguring a mail server so that it doesn't reject or filter the email campaigns that you send\r\nusing Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nAMPscript\r\nA scripting language that you can embed within HTML emails, text emails, landing pages, and\r\nSMS messages.\r\nAttribute by Tracking Event Report\r\nA report that contains information about a subscriber who performed a tracking event in\r\nresponse to a particular send. You choose a subscriber attribute to include in the report, and\r\nspecify the time period for the report.\r\nAudience Builder\r\nAn application that helps you understand customer data in real time and build targeted\r\nsegments.\r\nApplication\r\nA product that allows marketers to execute a marketing process, such as Automation Studio.\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement includes several applications, and certified partners can build\r\nadditional applications.\r\nApplication Switcher\r\nThe list of applications the user has permission to use. Users can toggle between applications\r\nwithin the switcher.\r\nAutomation Studio\r\nAn application that helps marketers build multistep marketing programs where events trigger\r\nactions. For example, a message sends when an import refreshes group data.\r\nBrandBuilder\r\nA private-labeling tool for Marketing Cloud Engagement. You upload a logo and BrandBuilder\r\nprovides color scheme options. The color scheme is then applied to Marketing Cloud\r\nEngagement, giving your users an experience that aligns with your brand.\r\nBusiness Unit (BU)\r\nA hierarchical administration structure that controls access to information and sharing of\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\ninformation. A business unit allows you to manage user roles for the business unit, view users\r\nwho have access to the business unit, and define filter criteria for subscribers.\r\nCampaign\r\nA series of related messages.\r\nCAN-SPAM\r\nA United States law related to commercial emails. Among other guidelines, the law imposes\r\nstricter requirements on commercial email than on transactional email. Complying with these\r\nrequirements protects you from litigation related to the CAN-SPAM act and demonstrates your\r\ncommitment to providing relevant messaging to your customers.\r\nCommercial message\r\nA commercial message is any electronic mail message with the primary purpose of\r\ncommunicating a commercial advertisement or promoting of a commercial product or service.\r\nCommercial messages must include these elements:\r\n•\r\nA mechanism to unsubscribe\r\n•\r\nThe physical mailing address of the sender\r\n•\r\nA notice that the message is an advertisement\r\nWhen you send a commercial message, Marketing Cloud Engagement checks for the presence of\r\nan unsubscribe link. If an unsubscribe link is present and the subscriber has an unsubscribed\r\nstatus, the message isn't sent.\r\nContent Box\r\nAn area of an email where you can insert text, links, images, and tables. Build and edit content by\r\nmanaging content boxes in an email. Content boxes are based on a standard template or an\r\nHTML template. You design the layout and input the content of each content box.\r\nContent Detective\r\nA tool that helps you identify spam triggers in your email content. This feature mirrors the logic\r\nused by spam-filtering software to identify words, phrases, and patterns that are likely to trigger\r\nfilters and then recommends a resolution to each identified problem.\r\nContent-Building Wizard\r\nA tool that leads you through the process of creating content for template-based emails. The\r\nwizard is designed to handle all content types, such as SMS and Smart Capture, regardless of the\r\nsize or impact on the email.\r\nConversion Tracking Statistics Report\r\nA report that contains a list of conversions and their value for links across multiple sends. To use\r\nthis report, enable the conversion tracking feature.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\nCoupon\r\nAn offer that renders on an email landing page when the recipient opens it. Associate a coupon\r\ncode with each offer.\r\nData extension\r\nA table that contains data that you specify. Usually, the data you keep in a data extension is\r\nrelated to subscribers but doesn't fit in the subscriber profile or preference attributes.\r\nData extract\r\nA feature that exports tracking information from the Marketing Cloud Engagement database.\r\nData is exported to a CSV file, which is then compressed in a ZIP file and uploaded to your\r\nenhanced FTP server.\r\nData Extract Activity\r\nAn activity that exports data to a file that you can use outside of Marketing Cloud Engagement.\r\nYou can also use a data extract activity to transform an XML file to a comma-delimited, tab-\r\ndelimited, or pipe-delimited file.\r\nData filter\r\nA group of criteria that segments a subscriber list or data extension. The data filter segmentation\r\nis based on subscriber attribute values or measures that you create from behavioral data.\r\nData relationship\r\nA relationship that connects data from a column in a data extension to a column in another data\r\nextension or in a subscriber attribute.\r\nDedicated IP\r\nAn IP address that is only used for sending email from your Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\naccount.\r\nDelivery profile\r\nA method of specifying the delivery information for a message. You can reuse delivery profiles\r\nacross multiple sends without specifying the information for each one.\r\nDynamic content\r\nTailored content that's displayed to the subscriber based on rules that you define.\r\nEmail archiving\r\nThe process of saving a copy of every email that you send. After an email is initiated, either by a\r\nuser or by another trigger, Marketing Cloud Engagement processes the request. At the same\r\ntime that the email is being sent to the subscriber, a copy of the email is also sent to the email\r\narchive.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\nEmail history\r\nA record of past and scheduled email deliveries. You can also use it to cancel or modify an\r\nupcoming delivery.\r\nEmail Performance by Domain Report\r\nA report that provides statistics for the top-performing domains that you sent emails to.\r\nEmail Performance by List Report\r\nA report that provides statistics for each subscriber list that received an email.\r\nEmail Performance Over Time Report\r\nA report that provides statistics for all sends of a single email during a specified time period.\r\nEmail Send Report\r\nA report that shows email send totals over a time period you specify. You can run this report for\r\nyour child accounts, if applicable.\r\nEmail Send Wizard\r\nA program that guides you through the steps to send an email. This feature is available when you\r\nuse the Guided Send option.\r\nEmail Sends by User Report\r\nA report that shows which user initiated each send.\r\nEmail Studio\r\nAn application for marketers to create, target, deliver, track, and manage email marketing\r\nprograms.\r\nEnhanced FTP\r\nA secure and flexible system for transferring files, such as data that you export from Marketing\r\nCloud Engagement.\r\nFile Transfer Activity\r\nAn activity that uploads or downloads a file from a location that you specify. This activity can also\r\nunencrypt or uncompress a file.\r\nFile Transfer Location\r\nA file storage location that you can use to transfer files into your Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\naccount, or to transfer files out of your account.\r\nFilter Activity\r\nAn activity that applies the logic of a data filter to a subscriber list to create a group of\r\nsubscribers who satisfy the filter criteria.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\nFixed content email\r\nAn email that doesn't contain any dynamic content.\r\nForward to a Friend\r\nA feature that allows subscribers to share the information in an email with friends. When a\r\nsubscriber clicks the icon, they complete a form and submit it. Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\nforwards the message and collects tracking information on the forwarded message.\r\nGrid\r\nThe list of specific items that you can interact with in a workspace. A grid contains columns of\r\ndetailed information about the items in the list.\r\nGroup\r\nA subset of subscribers from a list.\r\nGuided send\r\nA send process that uses the Email Send Wizard.\r\nHTML Paste\r\nA feature that helps you to create emails with HTML.\r\nImport activity\r\nAn activity that uses information from an external file to update a subscriber list or data\r\nextension. If your account is integrated with a Salesforce account, you can use an import activity\r\nto create and populate a data extension with data from a Salesforce object or report.\r\nImpression tracking\r\nA feature that lets you track the performance of emails that contain content built using\r\nAMPscript or selected by the dynamic content feature.\r\nImpression Tracking by Job Report\r\nA report that shows the performance of an Impression Region for a single send. The report\r\nshows the number of times the content area was sent as part of a job and the link performance\r\nfor links in the impression region. This report also contains the overview tracking summary for\r\nthe send. Only emails that use dynamic content or AMPscript can be tracked using these reports.\r\nImpression Tracking for Triggered Sends Report\r\nA report that shows the performance of impression regions in emails that were sent over a\r\nspecified time period. The report shows the number of impressions and the performance for\r\nlinks found in the impression region. This report also contains the overview tracking summary for\r\nthe entire end. Only emails that use dynamic content or AMPscript can be tracked using this\r\nreport.\r\n\r\nMarketing Cloud Engagement Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary\r\nInbox Detective\r\nAn information center that tracks the deliverability of your email campaigns. By sending to a\r\nseed list, Inbox Detective provides visibility into ho\n\n…","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/README.md#0","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/README.md","heading":"README","body":"# Marketing Cloud Engagement\r\n\r\n- **Source PDF:** `marketing_cloud_engagement_4-6-2026.pdf`\r\n- **Pages:** 443\r\n- **Extracted:** 2026-04-06","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"},{"id":"marketing-cloud-engagement/README.md#1","file":"README.md","relativePath":"marketing-cloud-engagement/README.md","heading":"Table of contents (from PDF)","body":"*Section files use **printed** page numbers from the PDF footer; `pdf_pages` in each file is the **PDF file** page range.*\r\n\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Engagement](01-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 1; starts ~PDF p. 5)\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Next for Engagement](02-marketing-cloud-next-for-engagement/README.md) (printed p. 3; starts ~PDF p. 7)\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Engagement Tenant Types](03-marketing-cloud-engagement-tenant-types.md) (printed p. 100; starts ~PDF p. 104)\r\n- [Comparison of Salesforce-Hosted and Hyperforce Environments](04-comparison-of-salesforce-hosted-and-hyperforce-environments.md) (printed p. 100; starts ~PDF p. 104)\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Engagement Setup](05-marketing-cloud-engagement-setup/README.md) (printed p. 105; starts ~PDF p. 109)\r\n- [Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement](06-package-manager-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 401; starts ~PDF p. 405)\r\n- [Reconcile Transactional Sends in Marketing Cloud Engagement](07-reconcile-transactional-sends-in-marketing-cloud-engagement.md) (printed p. 425; starts ~PDF p. 429)\r\n- [Determine Your Marketing Cloud Engagement Instance](08-determine-your-marketing-cloud-engagement-instance.md) (printed p. 426; starts ~PDF p. 430)\r\n- [Expired Marketing Cloud Engagement Subscriptions](09-expired-marketing-cloud-engagement-subscriptions.md) (printed p. 426; starts ~PDF p. 430)\r\n- [Suspended Marketing Cloud Engagement Accounts](10-suspended-marketing-cloud-engagement-accounts.md) (printed p. 427; starts ~PDF p. 431)\r\n- [Browser Support](11-browser-support.md) (printed p. 427; starts ~PDF p. 431)\r\n- [Marketing Cloud Engagement Glossary](12-marketing-cloud-engagement-glossary.md) (printed p. 428; starts ~PDF p. 432)","productScope":"marketing_cloud_engagement","productLabel":"Marketing Cloud Engagement (MCE; Email Studio, Journey Builder, Automation Studio, etc.)"}]}